Sony Dav Sb100 Users Manual

DAV-SB100 to the manual bf953f89-0752-496b-afa9-53ae46e7d9ed

2015-01-23

: Sony Sony-Dav-Sb100-Users-Manual-291499 sony-dav-sb100-users-manual-291499 sony pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 78

DVD
Home Theatre System
©2004 Sony Corporation
DAV-SB100
2-048-709-41
Operating Instructions GB
àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË RU
2
Safety Precautions
WARNING: Do not install this equipment in a confined space
such as a book case or similar unit.
To prevent fire, do not cover the ventilation of the apparatus
with news papers, table-cloths, curtains, etc. And don’t place
lighted candles on the apparatus.
Don’t throw away the battery with general
house waste, dispose of it correctly as chemical
waste.
This appliance is classified as a CLASS 1
LASER product. The label is located on the
rear exterior.
CAUTION:
This DVD Receiver employs a Laser System.
To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owner’s
manual carefully and retain it for future reference. Should the
unit require maintenance, contact an authorized service loca-
tion (see service procedure).
Performing controls, adjustments, or carrying out procedures
other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radi-
ation exposure.
To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open
the enclosure. Visible laser radiation when open. DO NOT
STARE INTO BEAM.
CAUTION: The apparatus should not be exposed to water
(dripping or splashing) and no objects filled with liquids, such
as vases, should be placed on the apparatus.
Precautions
Safety
If anything falls into the cabinet, unplug the unit and have it
checked by qualified personnel before operating it any
further.
The unit is not disconnected from the AC power source
(mains) as long as it is connected to the mains outlet, even if
the unit itself has been turned off.
Unplug the unit from the wall outlet if you do not intend to
use it for an extended period of time. To disconnect the cord,
pull it out by the plug, never by the cord.
Installing
Allow adequate air circulation to prevent internal heat
buildup.
Do not place the unit on surfaces (rugs, blankets, etc.) or
near materials (curtains, draperies) that may block the venti-
lation slots.
Do not install the unit near heat sources such as radiators, or
air ducts, or in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive
dust, mechanical vibration, or shock.
Do not install the unit in an inclined position. It is designed to
be operated in a horizontal position only.
Keep the unit and discs away from equipment with strong
magnets, such as microwave ovens, or large loudspeakers.
Do not place heavy objects on the unit.
If the unit is brought directly from a cold to a warm location,
moisture may condense inside the DVD Home Theatre
System and cause damage to the lenses. When you first
install the unit, or when you move it from a cold to a warm
location, wait for about 30 minutes before operating the unit.
On power sources
AC power cord must be changed only at the qualified service
shop.
On placement
Place the receiver in a location with adequate ventilation to
prevent heat build-up in the system.
At high volume, over long periods of time, the cabinet
becomes hot to the touch. This is not a malfunction.
However, touching the cabinet should be avoided. Do not
place the unit in a confined space where ventilation is poor
as this may cause overheating.
Do not block the ventilation slots by putting anything on the
system. The receiver is equipped with a high power amplifier.
If the ventilation slots on the top surface are blocked, the unit
can overheat and malfunction.
Do not place the system on a soft surface such as a rug
that might block the ventilation holes on the bottom.
Do not place the system in a location near heat sources, or
in a place subject to direct sunlight, excessive dust, or
mechanical shock.
On operation
If the system is brought directly from a cold to a warm loca-
tion, or is placed in a very damp room, moisture may con-
dense on the lenses inside the system. Should this occur,
the system may not operate properly. In this case, remove
the disc and leave the system turned on for about half an
hour until the moisture evaporates.
When you move the system, take out any discs. If you don’t,
the disc may be damaged.
The nameplate is located on the rear of the unit.
WARNING: TO PREVENT FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK
HAZARD, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS PRODUCT TO RAIN OR
MOISTURE.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Caution: This system is capable of holding a still video
image or on-screen display image on your television screen
indefinitely. If you leave the still video image or on-screen
display image displayed on your TV for an extended period
of time you risk permanent damage to your television
screen. Projection televisions are especially susceptible to
this.
INTRODUCTION
3
Safety Precautions (Continued)
NOTES ON COPYRIGHTS:
It is forbidden by law to copy, broadcast, show, broadcast
via cable, play in public, or rent copyrighted material without
permission.
This product features the copy protection function developed by
Macrovision. Copy protection signals are recorded on some
discs. When recording and playing the pictures of these discs
on a VCR, picture noise will appear.
This product incorporates copyright protection technology that
is protected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation
and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection tech-
nology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is
intended for home and other limited viewing uses only unless
otherwise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse
engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
About the symbols for instruction
Indicates hazards likely to cause harm to the unit
itself or other material damage.
Note Indicates special operating features of this unit.
Tip Indicates tips and hints for making the task easier.
The working life of this product is 7 years since the date of
purchase.
4
Table of Contents
Introduction
Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Before Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
Playable Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Notes on Discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
About Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Front Panel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Display Window Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Rear Panel Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Preparation
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
Connecting to a TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Connecting to External Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Antenna Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Speaker System Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Speaker Positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Selecting the Output/Input Source . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Before Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-21
Mini Glossary for Audio Stream & Surround
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Sound Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
General Explanation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
On-Screen Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Initial Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21
General Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
TV Aspect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Speaker Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Parental Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Area Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Operation
DVD and Video CD Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24
Playing a DVD and Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
General Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Resume Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Selecting Another TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Selecting Another CHAPTER/TRACK . . . . . 22
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Slow Motion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Time Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special DVD Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Checking the contents of DVD Video disc:
Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Camera Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Changing the Audio Language . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Subtitle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation . . . . . . . . . 25-26
Playing an Audio CD and MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . 25
Notes on MP3 Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Pause . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Selecting Another Track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Changing the Audio Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
JPEG File Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Viewing JPEG Files on a Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Selecting Another Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Still Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
To flip the picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
To rotate picture. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Notes on JPEG Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Programmed Playback . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Programmed Playback with Audio CD
and MP3 Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Programmed Playback with Video CD . . . . . . . . 28
Speaker Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Additional Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Sleep Timer Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Viewing the Playing Time and Remaining
Time in the Front Panlel Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Dimmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Using Headphone Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Volume Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Using the Sound Effect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Radio Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Presetting the Radio Stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Listening to the Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Controlling the TV with the Supplied Remote . . . 32
Controlling the TV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Using the SONY TV DIRECT Function . . . . . . . . . 33
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Reference
Language Code List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Area Code List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36-37
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. “Dolby”,
“Pro Logic”, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby
Laboratories. Confidential Unpublished works. Copyright 1992-
1997 Dolby Laboratories. All rights reserved.
Manufactured under license from Digital Theater Systems, Inc.
US Pat. No. 5,451,942 5,956,674, 5,974,380, 5,978,762 and
other worldwide patents issued and pending. “DTS” and “DTS
Digital Surround” are registered trademarks of Digital Theater
Systems, Inc. Copyright 1996, 2000 Digital Theater Systems,
Inc. All rights reserved.
5
INTRODUCTION
Before Use
Playable Discs
DVD video discs
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Video CD (VCD)
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
Audio CD
(8 cm / 12 cm disc)
In addition, this unit can play a DVD-R/-RW, SVCD and
CD-R or CD-RW that contains audio titles, MP3, or
JPEG files.
Notes
Depending on the conditions of the recording equip-
ment or the CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/-RW) disc itself,
some CD-R/RW (or DVD-R/-RW) discs cannot be
played on the unit.
DVD-RWs in VR (Video Recording) mode discs
cannot be played on the unit.
Do not attach any seal or label to either side (the
labeled side or the recorded side) of a disc.
Do not use irregularly shaped CDs (e.g., heart-
shaped or octagonal). It may result in malfunctions.
Notes on DVDs and Video CDs
Some playback operations of DVDs and Video CDs may
be intentionally fixed by software manufacturers. As this
unit plays DVDs and Video CDs according to disc con-
tent designed by the software manufacturer, some play-
back features of the unit may not be available or other
functions may be added.
Make sure to also refer to the instructions supplied with
the DVDs and Video CDs. Some DVDs made for busi-
ness purposes may not be able to be played on the unit.
Regional code of the DVD Receiver and DVDs
This DVD Receiver is designed and manufactured for
playback of region “5” encoded DVD software.
The region code on the labels of some DVDs
indicates which type of player can play those
discs. This unit can only play DVDs labeled
“5” or “ALL”. If you try to play any other discs, the
message “Check Regional Code” will appear on the TV
screen. Some DVDs that have no region code label may
still be subject to area restrictions and therefore not
playable.
Disc-related terms
Title (DVD video discs only)
The main film content or accompanying feature content
or additional feature content, or music album.
Each title is assigned a title reference number enabling
you to locate it easily.
Chapter (DVD video discs only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece that are smaller
than titles. A title is composed of one or several chap-
ters. Each chapter is assigned a chapter number,
enabling you to locate the chapter you want. Depending
on the disc, chapters may not be recorded.
Track (Video CD and audio CD only)
Sections of a picture or a musical piece on a video CD
or an audio CD. Each track is assigned a track number,
enabling you to locate the track you want.
Index (Video CD)
A number that divides a track into sections to easily
locate the point you want on a VIDEO CD. Depending
on the disc, no indexes may be recorded.
Scene
On a video CD with PBC (Playback control) functions,
moving pictures and still pictures are divided into
sections called “Scenes”. Each scene is displayed in the
menu screen and assigned a scene number, enabling
you to locate the scene you want.
A scene is composed of one or several tracks.
File
Sections of a picture on a data CD containing JPEG
image files.
Types of video CDs
There are two types of video CDs:
Video CDs equipped with PBC (Version 2.0)
PBC (Playback control) functions allow you to interact
with the system via menus, search functions, or other
typical computer-like operations. Moreover, still pictures
of high resolution can be played if they are included in
the disc.
Video CDs not equipped with PBC (Version 1.1)
Operated in the same way as audio CDs, these discs
allow playback of video pictures as well as sound, but
they are not equipped with PBC.
5
IMPORTANT NOTE:
SPENT OR DISCHARGED BATTERIES MUST BE
RECYCLED OR DISPOSED OF IN A SAFE MANNER IN
COMPLIANCE WITH ALL APPLICABLE LAWS.
FOR DETAILED INFORMATION, CONTACT YOUR LOCAL
COUNTY SOLID WASTE AUTHORITY.
6
Before Use (Continued)
Precautions
Handling the unit
When shipping the unit
The original shipping carton and packing materials may
come in handy. For maximum protection, re-pack the
unit as it was originally packed at the factory.
When setting up the unit
The picture and sound of a nearby TV, VCR, or radio
may be disturbed during playback. In this case, position
the unit away from the TV, VCR, or radio, or turn off the
unit after removing the disc.
To keep the exterior surfaces clean
Do not use volatile liquids, such as insecticide spray,
near the unit. Do not leave rubber or plastic products in
contact with the unit for a long period of time. They will
leave marks on the surface.
Cleaning the unit
To clean the cabinet
Use a soft, dry cloth. If the surfaces are extremely dirty,
use a soft cloth lightly moistened with a mild detergent
solution. Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol,
benzine, or thinner, as these might damage the surface
of the unit.
To obtain a clear picture
The
DVD Receiver
is a high-tech, precision device. If the
optical pick-up lens and disc drive parts are dirty or
worn, the picture quality will be poor.
Regular inspection and maintenance are recommended
after every 1,000 hours of use. (This depends on the
operating environment.)
For details, please contact your nearest dealer.
Notes on Discs
Disc Handling
Do not touch the playback side of the disc.
Hold the disc by the edges so that fingerprints will not
get on the surface.
Do not stick paper or tape on the disc.
Storing discs
After playing, store the disc in its case.
Do not expose the disc to direct sunlight or sources of
heat, or leave it in a parked car exposed to direct sun-
light, as there may be a considerable temperature
increase inside the car.
Cleaning discs
Fingerprints and dust on the disc can distort the picture
or reduce sound quality. Before playing, clean the disc
with a clean cloth. Wipe the disc from the centre out-
wards.
Do not use strong solvents such as alcohol, benzine,
thinner, commercially available cleaners, or anti-static
spray intended for vinyl records.
This system can only play back a standard circular disc.
Using neither standard nor circular discs (e.g., card,
heart, or star shape) may cause a malfunction.
Do not use a disc that has a commercially available
accessory attached, such as a label or ring.
About Symbols
About the symbol display
may appear on the TV screen during operation.
This icon means the function explained in this owner’s
manual is not available on that specific DVD video disc.
About the disc symbols for instructions
A section whose title has one of the following symbol is
applicable only to the disc represented by the symbol.
DVD Video discs
Video CDs with the PBC (playback control)
function.
Video CDs without the PBC (playback control)
function.
Audio CDs.
MP3 disc.
JPEG disc.
JPEG
MP3
CD
VCD1.1
VCD2.0
DVD
INTRODUCTION
7
Front Panel Controls
STANDBY
IR
- PRESET +- VOLUME +
FUNCTION
PHONES
PAUSE (XX)
Pause playback of a disc temporarily.
OPEN/CLOSE ( )
Opens or closes the disc tray.
Remote Sensor
Point the DVD receiver remote control here.
Display window
Disc Tray
Insert a disc here.
@ / 1 (POWER) indicator
Switches the DVD Receiver ON and OFF.
STOP (xx)
Stops playback of a disc.
PLAY (H)
To play back a disc.
Forward SKIP (
TT
)
DVD: Go to NEXT chapter/track.
RADIO:
To select preset station you want.
Reverse SKIP (
SS
)
DVD: Go to beginning of current chapter/track or to previous
chapter/track.
RADIO:
To select preset station you want.
VOLUME Control
Press “+” to increase volume or press “-” to
decrease the volume.
STANDBY indicator
Lights red when the receiver
is in Standby mode (off).
FUNCTION
To select the Receiver’s source.
(FM, AM, VIDEO, TV or
CD/DVD)
PHONES
To connect headphones.
TUNED PBC SLEEP
MP3 CD ST DSGX
TRK
REP 1
CHAP TITLE
ALBM
DISC
AM
FM
D D
D
PL II
D
D
8
Display Window Indicators
Indicates current chapter or
track number.
Repeat playback mode indicators.
Total playing time/Elapsed time/Frequency/remaining time/ Current status/
Title number/Surround mode/Volume etc. indicators.
Indicates the unit is radio mode.
SLEEP timer indication
Lights up when the DVD Receiver
tunes in a station.
CD disc inserted.
Indicates the unit is stereo mode.
Playing status.
MP3 disc inserted.
Lights up when the unit
is DSGX ON mode.
VCD2.0 disc inserted.
Indicate current
surround format.
Title indication
Indicates sound
fomat is DOLBY
PROLOGIC II.
Indicate current
surround format.
SONY TV DIRECT
Select the output source to DVD directly.
TV @ / 1
Switches TV ON and OFF.
@ / 1
Switches DVD Receiver ON and OFF.
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
Selects sound mode between A.F.D.
AUTO, PRO LOGIC, PLII MOVIE and
PLII MUSIC.
MODE
Selects sound mode between FLAT,
ROCK, POP, JAZZ, CLASSIC and
NEWS.
FUNCTION
To select the Receiver’s source.
(FM, AM, VIDEO, TV or CD/DVD)
ZZ
Opens and closes the disc tray.
DSGX
Switches DSGX ON and OFF.
0-9 numerical buttons
Selects numbered options in a menu.
>10/ TV ENTER
Used to control TV.
SLOW t/ TUNING-
For picture search or slow playback back-
ward.
To tune in the desired station.
SLOW T/TUNING+
For picture search or slow playback
forward.
To tune in the desired station.
Playback Control Buttons
H(PLAY)
Starts playback.
X(PAUSE)
Pause playback or recording temporarily.
x(STOP)
Stops playback.
DVD MENU
Accesses menu on a DVD disc.
DISPLAY
To display remaining time between
Chapter and title.
VOLUME (+/-)
Adjusts speaker volume.
CLEAR
Removes a track number on the program
menu.
RETURN
Returns the setup menu.
DIMMER
To change the brightness of the display
window.
TV/VIDEO
Selects the TV’s source.
INTRODUCTION
9
Remote Control
SLEEP
To place the unit in the Sleep mode.
TUNER/BAND
Selects the DVD Receiver’s tuner as the
listening choice. (FM and AM bands)
MUTING
Momentarily silence the speaker of the
DVD Receiver.
TUNER MENU
Memorize a radio station frequency
into the tuner.
Press to clear preset stations from the
tuner memory.
PROGRAM
Enters to the programme edit mode or
exits from that.
REPEAT
Repeat chapter, track, title, all.
FM MODE
To change between MONO and STEREO
modes.
TV
To control TVs with the Remote.
AUDIO
Selects an audio language (DVD) or an
audio channel (CD).
ANGLE
Selects a DVD camera angle if available.
SUBTITLE
Selects a subtitle language.
PREV/PRESET-
Go to beginning of current chapter or
track or go to previous chapter or track.
Select programme of Tuner.
NEXT/PRESET+
Go to next chapter or track.
Select programme of Tuner.
DVD TOP MENU
Displays the disc’s Title menu, if available.
B/b/V/v(left/right/up/down)
Selects an option in the menu.
ENTER
Acknowledges menu selection.
DVD DISPLAY
Accesses On-Screen display.
TV VOL +/–
Adjusts TV’s volume.
TV CH +/–
Selects TV’s channel.
DVD SETUP
Accesses or removes DVD setup menu.
10
Rear Panel Connections
Do not touch the inner pins of the jacks on the rear
panel. Electrostatic discharge may cause permanent
damage to the unit.
AC Power Cord
Plug into the power source.
SPEAKER CONNECTORS
Connect the six supplied speakers
to these terminals.
FM ANTENNA CONNECTOR
Connect the FM antenna to this terminal.
AM LOOP ANTENNA CONNECTORS
Connect the AM Loop antenna to this terminal.
EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV)
Connect to your TV set.
Remote Control Operation Range
Point the remote control at the remote sensor and press
the buttons.
Distance: About 6m (20ft) from the front of the
remote sensor
Angle: About 30° in each direction of the front of the
remote sensor
Remote control battery installation
Detach the battery cover on the rear of
the remote control, and insert two R6
(size AA) batteries with and
aligned correctly.
When using the remote control, point it
at the remote sensor on the unit.
Do not mix old and new batteries.
VIDEO (AUDIO IN L/R)
Connect the audio output of an external
source (VCR, LD player, etc).
MONITOR OUT (VIDEO)
Connect to a TV with video input.
PREPARATION
11
Connections
Make one of the following connections, depending on
the capabilities of your existing equipment.
Tips
Depending on your TV and other equipment you
wish to connect, there are various ways you could
connect the
DVD Receiver
. Use one of the connec-
tions described below.
Please refer to the manuals of your TV, VCR or other
devices as necessary to make the best connections.
Make sure the DVD Receiver is connected directly to
the TV. Select the correct AV input on your TV.
Do not connect your
DVD Receiver
to TV via your
VCR. The DVD image could be distorted by the copy
protection system.
Video connection
Connect the MONITOR OUT jack on the DVD Receiver
to the video in jack on the TV using the video cable
supplied (V).
SCART connection
Connect the EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV) jack on the
DVD Receiver to the SCART IN jack on the TV using
the Scart cable (S).
Note
When you connect the
DVD Receiver
to your TV, be
sure to turn off the power and unplug both units from
the wall outlet before making any connections.
Connecting to a TV
Rear of DVD Receiver
R
L
AUDIO INPUT VIDEO
INPUT
S-VIDEO
INPUT
Rear of TV
V
SCART INPUT
S
(not supplied) (not supplied)
12
Connections (Continued)
Connecting to External Equipment
(not supplied)
Connection
Connect the VIDEO (AUDIO L/R) jacks on the DVD
Receiver to the AUDIO OUTPUT (L/R) jacks on the
VCR, LD player, etc. using the audio cables.
Tip
Press FUNCTION on the remote control to select input
to these jacks.
VIDEO appears on the Display Window.
PREPARATION
13
Connections (Continued)
FM antenna (supplied)
AM Loop antenna (supplied)
B
A
Antenna Connections
Connect the supplied FM/AM antenna for listening to the radio.
Connect the AM Loop antenna to the AM LOOP connector.
Connect the FM antenna to the FM 75 COAXIAL connector.
When you connect the supplied AM Loop antenna, connect the black cord (B) to the terminal, and the white
cord (A) to the other terminal.
Notes
To prevent noise pickup, keep the AM Loop antenna away from the DVD Receiver and other components.
Be sure to fully extend the FM antenna.
After connecting the FM antenna, keep it as horizontal as possible.
Tip
If you have poor FM reception, use a 75coaxial cable (not supplied) to connect the system to an outdoor FM
antenna as shown below.
14
Connections (Continued)
Front speaker
(Right)
Front speaker
(Left)
Centre speaker
Surround speaker
(Right surround)
Subwoofer
Surround speaker
(Left surround)
Speaker System Connection
Connect the speakers using the supplied speaker cords.
To obtain the best possible surround sound, adjust the speaker parameters (volume, distance, etc.).
Notes
Be sure to match the speaker cable to the appropriate terminal on the components: + to + and to . If the cables are
reversed, the sound will be distorted and will lack base.
If you use front speakers with low maximum input rating, adjust the volume carefully to avoid excessive output on the speakers.
Do not disassemble the front covers of supplied speakers.
Speaker stand is optional.
PREPARATION
15
Connections (Continued)
Centre Speaker
Front Speaker
(Left)
Speaker Positioning Example
Surround Speaker
(Right)
Front Speaker
(Right)
Subwoofer
Speaker Positioning
In the case of normal position use the 6 speakers (2 front speakers, centre speaker, 2 surround speakers and
subwoofer).
If you want to play the excellent bass sound, DTS digital surround or Dolby Digital surround, you should connect a
subwoofer.
Front speakers
According to your listening position set up the speakers for equal distance. And by hearing position set up the interval between
speakers to 45 degree.
Centre speaker
The centre speakers and front speakers are ideally the same height. But normally place it above or below the television.
Surround speakers
Place left and right behind the listening area. These speakers recreate sound motion and atmosphere required for surround
sound playback. For best results, do not install the surround speakers too far behind the listening position and install them at or
above the level of the listeners ears. It is also effective to direct the surround speakers towards a wall or ceiling to further
disperse the sound.
In the case of a smaller room size, if the audience is near to the rear wall set the surround speakers opposite each other, and
set the surround speakers above 60 - 90 cm than the listeners ears.
Subwoofer
This can be placed in any front position.
Note
Speaker stand is optional.
To attach the foot pads
To prevent speaker vibration or movement while listening, attach the supplied foot pads to the speakers without
Subwoofer, as shown.
Surround Speaker
(Left)
Foot pads
16
Selecting the Output/Input Source
Follow these guidelines to select and switch among the
various DVD/VCR Receiver input and output sources:
CD/DVD
To view output from the DVD:
Press SONY TV DIRECT on the remote.
The CD/DVDappears in the Display Window.
TUNER FM/AM
To listen to AM/FM radio broadcasts:
Press TUNER/BAND to toggle between AM and FM
radio. The selected frequency appears in the display
window.
INPUT SELECT
To listen to an audio source connected to the
AUDIO IN (L/R) jack of VIDEO:
Press FUNCTION on the remote control repeatedly.
The VIDEOappears in the Display Window.
Audio will come from an external source connected
to the AUDIO IN (L/R) jacks of VIDEO (for rear
panel).
To listen to an audio source connected to the
EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV):
Press FUNCTION on the remote control repeatedly.
The TVappears in the Display Window.
Audio will come from an external source connected
to the EURO AV OUTPUT (TO TV) (for rear panel).
SONY TV DIRECT
TUNER/
BAND
FUNCTION
PREPARATION
17
Before Operation
Mini Glossary for Audio Stream &
Surround mode
DTS
Allows you to enjoy 5.1(or 6) discrete channels of high quality
digital audio from DTS program sources such as discs, DVD
and compact discs, etc.bearing the trademark. DTS Digital
Surround delivers up to 6 channels of transparent audio(which
means identical to the original masters) and results in excep-
tional clarity throughout a true 360 degree sound field. The
term DTS is a trademark of DTS Technology, LLC.
Manufactured under license from DTS Technology, LLC.
DOLBY DIGITAL
The Dolby Digital surround format lets you enjoy up to 5.1
channels of digital surround sound from a Dolby Digital pro-
gram source. If you play DVDs with “”mark, you can enjoy
even better sound quality, greater spatial accuracy, and
improved dynamic range.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC
Use this mode when playing movie or Dolby Digital 2 channel
which carries the “”mark. This mode provides the effect
of being in a movie theatre or live concert house-an effect with
an intensity which can only be obtained through DOLBY PRO
LOGIC SURROUND. The effect of the front/back/left/right
movement of the sound image, as well as the sense of fixed
position in the sound image, is much clearer and more dynam-
ic than before.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II
Dolby Pro Logic II creates five full-bandwidth output channels
from two-channel sources. This is done using an advanced,
high-purity matrix surround decoder that extracts the spatial
properties of the original recording without adding any new
sounds or tonal colorations.
PLII MOVIE mode:
The Movie mode is for use with stereo television shows and all
programs encoded in Dolby Surround. The result is enhanced
soundfield directionality that approaches the quality of discrete
5.1-channel sound.
PLII MUSIC mode:
The Music mode is for use with any stereo music recordings.
A.F.D. AUTO
Software with multichannel surround audio signals is played
according to the way it was recorded.
Notes
This function is available during only playback mode.
A.F.D. AUTO is not applicable when headphone is used.
Sound Mode
You can enjoy surround sound simply by selecting one
of the pre-programmed sound fields according to the
program you want to listen to.
A) By pressing MODE button
Each time you press MODE button, the sound mode is
changed in the following order;
FLAT ROCK POP JAZZ CLASSIC NEWS
FLAT ...
Tips
FLAT: Linear frequency response.
ROCK: Reproduces the acoustics of rock music.
POP: Reproduces the acoustics of pop music.
JAZZ: Reproduces the acoustics of a jazz club.
CLASSIC: Reproduces the acoustics of orchestral
music.
NEWS: Reproduces the acoustics of TV news sound.
B) By pressing AUTO FORMAT DIRECT button
Each time you press AUTO FORMAT DIRECT button,
the sound mode is changed in the following order;
A.F.D. AUTO DOLBY PL PLII MOVIE PLII MUSIC
A.F.D. AUTO ...
(This function available 2-channel mode only)
Notes
MP3 disc is not available.
This function is available during only playback mode.
Sound Mode is not applicable when headphone is used.
When DVD is inserted.
You can change the sound mode of DVD (Dolby Digital, DTS,
PRO LOGIC, etc) by pressing the AUDIO button on the remote
during playback.
Although the DVD contents differ from disc to disc, the follow-
ing explains the basic operation when this feature is used.
Each time you press AUDIO button, the sound mode of DVD is
changed as the following order;
→→
For your reference
The DVD Receiver memorizes the last mode
settings for each source individually.
You can identify the encoding format of program
software by looking at its packaging.
- Dolby Digital discs are labeled with the logo.
- Dolby Surround encoded programs are labeled with
the logo.
- DTS Digital Surround discs are marked with the
.
Note
Sound Mode is not applicable when headphone is used.
18
Before Operation (Continued)
General Explanation
This manual gives basic instructions for operating the
DVD Receiver. Some DVDs require specific operation or
allow only limited operation during playback. When this
occurs, the symbol appears on the TV screen, indi-
cating that the operation is not permitted by the DVD
Receiver or is not available on the disc.
On-Screen Display
General playback status can be displayed on the TV
screen. Some items can be changed on the menu.
On-screen display operation
1
Press DVD DISPLAY during playback.
2
Press V/vto select an item.
The selected item will be highlighted.
3
Press B/bto change the setting of an item.
The number buttons can also be used for setting
numbers (e.g., title number). For some functions,
press ENTER to execute the setting.
Temporary Feedback Field Icons
Repeat Title
Repeat Chapter
Repeat Track (non-PBC Video CDs, MP3, CD)
Repeat All Tracks (non-PBC Video CDs, MP3, CD)
Repeat Off
Resume play from this point
Action prohibited or not available
Notes
Some discs may not provide all of the features on the
on-screen display example shown below.
If no button is pressed for 10 seconds, the on-screen
display disappears.
RESUME
OFF
ALL
TRACK
CHAPT
TITLE
Items
Title Number
Chapter Number
Time search
Audio language
and Digital Audio
Output mode
Subtitle language
Angle
Sound
Function (Press V/vto select desired item)
Shows the current title number and total number of titles,
and skips to the desired title number.
Shows the current chapter number and total number of
chapters, and skips to the desired chapter number.
Shows the elapsed playing time, and
searches the point directly from the elapsed time.
Shows the current audio soundtrack language,
encoding method, and channel number, and
changes the setting.
Shows the current subtitles language, and
changes the setting.
Shows the current angle number and total number of
angles, and changes the angle number.
Shows the current sound mode, and
changes the setting.
Selection Method
B
/
b
,or
Numbers, ENTER
B
/
b
,
.
/
>
or
Numbers, ENTER
Numbers, ENTER
B
/
b
,or
AUDIO
B
/
b
,or
SUBTITLE
B
/
b
,or
ANGLE
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
1 /3
1 /12
0:20:09
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
OFF
1 /1
AUTO
Items
Track Number
Time
Audio Channel
Sound
Function (Press V/vto select desired item)
Shows the current track number, total number of tracks, PBC
On mode or skips to the desired track number in the PBC Off
mode
Shows the elapsed playing time (Display only)
Shows the audio channel, and
changes the audio channel.
Shows the current sound mode, and
changes the setting.
Selection Method
B
/
b
,or
Numbers, ENTER
B
/
b
,or
AUDIO
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
1 /3
AUTO
0:20:09
ST
VCD2.0 VCD1.1
DVD
PREPARATION
19
Before Operation (Continued)
Initial Settings
You can set your personal preferences on the DVD
function mode.
General Operation
1
Press DVD SETUP.
The Setup menu appears.
2
Use V/vto select the desired option.
The screen will show the current setting for the
selected option, as well as alternate setting(s).
3
While the desired option is selected, press b,
then V/vto select the desired setting.
4
Press ENTER to confirm your selection.
Some options require additional steps.
5
Press DVD SETUP, RETURN, or H(PLAY) to
exit the setup menu.
Language
Disc Language
Select a language for the discs Menu, Audio, and
Subtitle features.
Original : The original language set for the disc is selected.
Other : To select another language, use number buttons to
enter the corresponding 4-digit number according to the
language code list on page 34. If you enter the wrong
language code, press CLEAR.
Note
Disc Language selection may not work for some DVDs.
Menu Language
Select a language for the Setup menu. This is the menu
you see when you press DVD SETUP.
TV Aspect
4:3 Letterbox: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is con-
nected. Displays pictures with masking bars above and
below the picture.
4:3 Panscan: Select when a standard 4:3 TV is con-
nected. Displays pictures cropped to fill your TV screen.
Both sides of the picture are cut off.
16:9 Wide: Select when a 16:9 wide TV is connected.
DVD
DVD
Original
German
Italian
Hungarian
Other
Polish
English
Russian
French
Spanish
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
English
Russian
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
4:3
4:3
16:9
Letterbox
Panscan
Wide
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
Original
German
Italian
Hungarian
Other
Polish
English
Russian
French
Spanish
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
20
Before Operation (Continued)
Speaker Setup
5.1 Speaker settings
Select speaker settings, including volume balance and
distance, or test the speaker settings.
Speaker settings are only active on the Analog Multi-
Channel Output. (See Speaker Setup, page 29.)
Others
The DRC and PBC settings can be changed.
Press V/vto select the desired item and press
ENTER. The setting of the selected item is changed
between On and Off.
Dynamic Range Control (DRC)
With the DVD*1format, you can hear a programs
soundtrack in the most accurate and realistic presenta-
tion possible, thanks to digital audio technology.
However, you may wish to compress the dynamic range
of the audio output (the difference between the loudest
sounds and the quietest ones). Then, you may listen to
a movie at a lower volume without losing clarity of
sound. Set DRC to On for this effect.
*1: Dolby Digital only
Playback Control (PBC)
On: Video CDs with PBC are played according to the PBC.
Off: Video CDs with PBC are played the same way as Audio
CDs.
DVD
DRC
PBC On
Off
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
S S
Front L
Volume 0 dB
Size Small
Distance 0.3 m
Test
Return
PREPARATION
21
Before Operation (Continued)
Parental Control
Rating
Movies on DVDs may contain scenes not suitable for
children. Therefore, discs may contain Parental Control
information that applies to the complete disc or to
certain scenes on the disc. These scenes are rated from
1 to 8, and alternatively, more suitable scenes are avail-
able for selection on some discs. Ratings are
country dependent. The Parental Control feature allows
you to prevent discs from being played by your children
or to have certain discs played with alternative scenes.
1
Select Rating on the setup menu using V/v
buttons on the setup menu.
2
While Rating is selected, press b.
3
When you have not entered a password yet.
Enter a 4-digit password using the number buttons
to create a personal 4-digit security password, then
press ENTER. Enter the 4-digit password again and
press ENTER to verify.
When you have already entered a password;
Enter a 4-digit password using the number
buttons to confirm the personal 4-digit security
password, then press ENTER.
If you make a mistake before pressing ENTER, press
CLEAR and enter 4-digit security password again.
4
Select a rating from 1 to 8 using V/vbuttons.
One (1) has the least playback restrictions.
Eight (8) has the most playback restrictions.
Unlock: If you select Unlock, Parental Control is not
active. The disc will play in full.
Ratings 1 to 8: Some discs contain scenes not
suitable for children. If you set a rating for the DVD,
all disc scenes with the same rating or lower will be
played. Higher rated scenes will not be played
unless an alternative scene is available on the disc.
The alternative must have the same rating or a
lower one. If no suitable alternative is found, play-
back will stop. You must enter the 4-digit password
or change the rating level in order to play the disc.
5
Press ENTER to confirm your rating selection,
then press DVD SETUP to exit the menu.
Area Code
Enter the code of an area whose standards were used
to rate the DVD video disc, referring to the list (See
Area Code List, page 35.).
1
Select the Country Code option using the V/v
buttons on the setup menu.
2
While Country Code is selected, press b.
3
Follow step 3 of Ratingon left.
4
Select the first character using the V/vbuttons.
5
Press bto shift to second character and select
the second character using V/vbuttons.
6
Press ENTER to confirm your Country Code
selection, then press DVD SETUP to exit the
menu.
Note
Confirmation of the 4-digit password is necessary when
the password is changed (see Changing the 4-digit
password below ).
Changing the 4-digit password
1Follow Steps 1-2 as shown above to the left (Rating).
2Enter the old password, then press ENTER.
3Select Change using V/vbuttons then press ENTER.
4Enter the new 4-digit password, then press ENTER.
5Enter exactly the same password a second time and
verify by pressing ENTER.
6Press DVD SETUP to exit the menu.
If you forget your 4-digit password
If you forget your password, to clear the current pass-
word follow the procedure below.
1Press DVD SETUP to display the setup menu.
2Enter the 6-digit number 210499.
The 4-digit password is cleared.
3Enter a new password as shown
above to the left
(Rating).
DVD
DVD
Code Set
U SDisc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Unlock
Change
Disc Subtitle
Disc Menu
Rating
Area Code
TV Aspect
Menu Language
5.1 Speaker Setup
Others
Disc Audio
22
DVD and Video CD Operation
Playing a DVD and Video CD
Playback Setup
Turn on the TV and select the video input source con-
nected to the DVD Receiver.
Set the Output Source to CD/DVD as shown in Selecting
the Output/Input Source on page 16.
1
Press
ZZ
to open the disc tray.
2
Place a disc on the tray, with the label facing up.
When a double-sided DVD is inserted, make sure the
side you want to play is facing down.
3
Press
ZZ
to close the tray.
READINGappears in the display window, and play-
back starts automatically. If playback does not start,
press
H
(PLAY).
In some cases, the disc menu might appear instead.
If a menu screen is displayed
A menu screen may appear automatically after loading a
DVD.
Use B/b/V/vbuttons to select the title/chapter you want to
view, then press ENTER to start playback.
Press DVD TOP MENU or DVD MENU to return to the
menu screen.
Use the number buttons to select the track you want to
view. Press RETURN to return to the menu screen.
Menu setting and the exact operating procedures for
using the menu may differ depending on the disc. Follow
the instructions on the each menu screen.
You also may set PBC to Off under setup. See page 20.
Notes
If Parental Control is set and the disc is not within the
Rating settings (not authorized), the 4-digit password
must be entered and/or the disc must be authorized (see
Parental Control, on page 21).
DVDs may have a Region Code.
Your DVD Receiver will not play discs that have a Region
Code different from your DVD Receiver. The Region
Code for this DVD Receiver is 5 (five).
Do not keep a fixed image displayed on the screen for a
long time.
General Features
Note
Unless stated otherwise, all operations described use the
remote control. Some features may also be available on
the Setup menu.
Resume Function
When you stop the disc. the player remembers the point
where you pressed x(STOP) and RESUME xappears
on the TV screen. Press
H
(PLAY) and play will resume
from this point.
Tip
To play from the beginning of the disc, press x twice, then
press
H
(PLAY).
Notes
Depending on where you stopped the disc, the receiver
may not resume playback from exactly the same point.
The point where you stopped playing is cleared when:
- Press xin the STOP mode.
- Turn the power off .
- Open the disc tray.
Selecting Another TITLE
If a disc has more than one title, you can select another
title as follows:
Press DVD DISPLAY. Use V/vto select title icon, then
press the appropriate number buttons (0-9), then use
ENTER to select a title number.
Press DVD DISPLAY, then use B/bto select a title num-
ber, then press ENTER.
Selecting Another CHAPTER/TRACK
If a title on a disc has more than one chapter or a disc has
more than one track, you can move to another
chapter/track as follows:
Press PREV or NEXT briefly during playback to return
to the beginning of the current chapter/track or to select
the next chapter/track.
Press PREV twice briefly to step back to the previous
chapter/track.
To go directly to any chapter during playback,
press DVD DISPLAY. Use V/vto select chapter/track
icon. Then, enter the chapter/track number with the num-
ber buttons (0-9) or use B/bto select chapter. Then,
press ENTER.
Notes
For one-digit numbers, press the number buttons (1-9)
and wait that the operation is performed.
For two-digit numbers, press the number buttons
(0-9) in rapid succession.
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use this function. See page 20.
Search
1Press m
or
Mduring playback.
The DVD Receiver will now go into SEARCH mode.
2Press m
or
Mrepeatedly to select the required
speed: X2 b, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m(backward) or X2 B,
1 M, 2 M, 3 M(forward).
With a Video CD, the Search speed changes: 1 m, 2
m, 3 m(backward) or 1 M, 2 M, 3 M(forward).
3To return to playback, press
H
(PLAY).
Still Picture
1Press X(PAUSE) during playback.
The DVD Receiver will go into PAUSE mode.
2To return to playback, press or X(PAUSE) again or
H
(PLAY).
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
1 /3
1 /12
VCD1.1
VCD2.0
DVD
1 /3
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
OPERATION
23
DVD and Video CD Operation (Continued)
General Features (Continued)
Slow Motion
1Press X
(PAUSE) during playback.
The DVD Receiver will now go into PAUSE mode.
2Press SLOW tor Tduring pause mode.
The DVD Receiver will enter SLOW mode.
3Use SLOW tor Tto select the required speed:
4 t, 3 t, 2 tor 1 t(backward), or 4 T, 3 T,
2 Tor 1 T(forward).
4To return to playback, press H(PLAY).
Note
Slow motion playback in reverse is not applicable for
Video CD.
Repeat
DVD Video Discs - Repeat Chapter/Title/Off
1Press REPEAT when playing a disc.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
2Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
CHAPT: repeats the current chapter.
TITLE: repeats the current title on a disc.
OFF: does not play repeatedly.
Video CDs - Repeat Track/All/Off
1Press REPEAT when playing a disc.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
2Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
TRACK: repeats the current track
ALL: repeats all the tracks on a disc.
OFF: does not play repeatedly.
Notes
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on
the setup menu to use the Repeat function. See page
20.
When you press PREV twice or NEXT during Repeat
mode to go to previous track or next track, repeat
mode (Chapter repeat and Track repeat only) is
canceled.
Time Search
The Time Search function allows you to start playing at
any chosen time on the disc.
1Press DVD DISPLAY during playback. The on-screen
display appears on the screen.
The Time Search box shows the elapsed playing time of the
current disc.
2Within 10 seconds, use V/vto select the Time Search
icon in the on-screen display.
The -:--:--appears in the Time Search box.
3Within 10 seconds, use the number buttons to enter
the required start time. Enter hours, minutes and sec-
onds from left to right in the box.
If you enter the wrong numbers, press CLEAR to remove the
numbers you entered. Then enter the correct numbers.
4Within 10 seconds, press ENTER.
Playback starts from the selected time on the disc. If you enter
an invalid time, playback will continue from the current point.
-:--:--
0:20:09
DVD
OFF
ALL
TRACK
OFF
TITLE
CHAPT
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
24
DVD and Video CD Operation (Continued)
General Features (Continued)
Special DVD Features
Checking the contents of DVD Video
discs: Menus
A DVD is divided into a lot of sections, which make up a
picture or music feature. These sections are called
titles.When you play a DVD which contains several
titles, you can select the title you want using DVD TOP
MENU.
When you play DVDs that allow you to select items such
as the language for the sound, select these items using
DVD MENU.
1Press DVD TOP MENU or DVD MENU.
The discs menu appears on the TV screen.
The contents of the menu vary from disc to disc.
2Press B/b/V/vor the number buttons to select the
item you want to play or change.
3Press ENTER.
Camera Angle
If the disc contains sequences recorded from different
camera angles, the angle icon appears on the TV
screen. You can then change the camera angle if you
wish.
Press ANGLE repeatedly during playback to select a
desired angle.
The number of the current angle appears on the display.
Changing the Audio Language
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a
different audio language or audio track.
Changing the Audio Channel
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a dif-
ferent audio channel (ST, LEFT or RIGHT).
Subtitle
Press SUBTITLE repeatedly during playback to see the
different subtitle languages.
Note
If appears, the feature is not available on the disc.
1 ENG
DVD
RIGHT
LEFT
ST
VCD1.1VCD2.0
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
DVD
1 /1
DVD
OPERATION
25
Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation
Playing an Audio CD and MP3
Disc
The DVD Receiver can play MP3 formatted recordings
on CD-ROM, CD-R or CD-RW discs.
Before playing MP3 disc, read the notes on MP3 files
on right.
1
Insert a disc and close the tray.
Audio CD: Audio CD menu appears on the TV
screen go to step 4.
MP3 disc: The MP3/JPEG select menu appears on
the TV screen. Go to step 2
2
Use V/vto select the MP3 then press ENTER.
The MP3 disc Menu appears on the TV screen.
Press RETURN to move to the MP3/JPEG select
menu.
3
Use V/vto select a folder, and ENTER.
A list of files in the folder appears.
If a list of files contains another folder, repeat step 3
once more.
Tip
If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder
list, use the V/vto highlight and press ENTER to
return to the previous menu screen.
4
Use V/vto select a track then press H(PLAY)
or ENTER.
Playback starts.
During playback, the current tracks elapsed playing
time will appear in the display window and menu.
Playback will stop at the end of the disc.
Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page.
Audio CD Menu MP3 disc Menu
5
Press x(STOP) to stop playback.
Notes on MP3 Files
About MP3
An MP3 file is audio data compressed by using the
MPEG1 audio layer-3 file-coding scheme. We call
files that have the .mp3file extension MP3 files.
The DVD Receiver can not read an MP3 file that has
a file extension other than .mp3.
MP3 Disc compatibility with this DVD Receiver
is limited as follows:
Sampling Frequency : only at 44.1kHz
Bit rate : within 32 - 320kbps
CD-R physical format should be ISO 9660
If you record MP3 files using the software which
cannot create a FILE SYSTEM, it is impossible to
playback MP3 files.
A single session disc requires MP3 files in the first
track. If there is no MP3 file in the 1st track, it cannot
playback MP3 files. If you wish to playback MP3 files,
format all the data in the disc or use a new one.
File names should be named using 8 letters or less
and must incorporate .mp3extension
e.g. ********.mp3.
Do not use special letters such as / : * ? < > etc.
Total number of files on the disc should be less than
650.
This DVD Receiver requires discs/recordings to meet
certain technical standards in order to achieve optimal
playback quality. Pre-recorded DVDs are automatically
set to these standards. There are many different types
of recordable disc formats (including CD-R containing
MP3 files). That require certain pre-existing conditions
(see above) to insure compatible playback.
Customers should also note that permission is
required in order to download MP3 files and music
from the Internet. Our company has no right to
grant such permission. Permission should always
be sought from the copyright owner.
MP3CD
Program
CD
ST AUTO
0: 56: 18
TRACK01
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
TRACK08 Clear All
TRACK 1.mp3
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 5.mp3
TRACK 6.mp3
TRACK 7.mp3
TRACK 8.mp3
Program
MP3
OFF00:00
1
Clear All
26
Audio CD and MP3 Disc Operation (Continued)
Pause
1Press X(PAUSE) during playback.
2To return to playback, press X(PAUSE) again or
press H(PLAY).
Selecting Another Track
If a disc has more than one track, you can move to
another track as follows:
Press .or >briefly during playback to go to the
next track or to return to the beginning of the current
track.
Press .twice briefly to step back to the previous
track.
On Audio CDs, to go directly to any track, enter the
track number using the number buttons (0-9) during
playback.
Note
For one-digit numbers, press the number buttons (1-9)
and wait that the operation is performed.
For two-digit numbers, press the number buttons (0-9)
in rapid succession.
Search
1Press mor Mduring playback.
The DVD Receiver will now go into SEARCH mode.
2Press mor Mrepeatedly to select the required
speed: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m(backward) or 1 M, 2
M, 3 M(forward).
Search speed and direction are indicated on the menu
screen.
3To return to playback, press H(PLAY).
Repeat
1Press REPEAT when playing a disc.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
2Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
TRACK: repeats the current track
ALL: repeats all the tracks on a disc.
OFF: does not play repeatedly.
Note
When you press .twice or >during Repeat mode
to go to previous track or next track, repeat mode (Track
repeat only) is canceled.
Changing the Audio Channel
Press AUDIO repeatedly during playback to hear a
different audio channel (ST, LEFT, or RIGHT).
CD
OFF
ALL
TRACK
MP3CD
MP3CD
MP3CD
MP3CD
OPERATION
27
JPEG File Operation
Viewing JPEG Files on a Disc
This DVD Receiver can play discs with JPEG files.
Before playing JPEG files, read the notes on JPEG
Files on right.
1
Insert a disc and close the tray.
The MP3/JPEG select menu appears on the TV
screen.
2
Use V/vto select the JPEG then press ENTER.
The JPEG menu appears on the TV screen.
3
Use V/vto select a folder, and ENTER.
A list of files in the folder appears.
Press RETURN to move to the MP3/JPEG select
menu.
Tip
If you are in a file list and want to return to the Folder
list, use the V/vbuttons on the remote to highlight
and press ENTER to return to the previous menu
screen.
4
Use V/vto select a file then press ENTER or
H(PLAY).
Viewing the file function starts.
While viewing a file, press RETURN to move to the
previous menu (JPEG menu).
Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page.
Note
JPEG file that does not play is skipped.
Tip
There are three viewing Slide Speed options: Fast,
Normal, Slow, and Off. Use B/bto highlight the Slide
Speed then use V/vto select the option you want to
use, and press ENTER.
5
Press x(STOP) to stop viewing.
The JPEG menu appears.
Selecting another Files
Press .or >once while viewing a picture to
advance to the next file or to the previous file.
Still Picture
1Press X(PAUSE) during slide show.
The DVD Receiver will now go into PAUSE mode.
2To return to the slide show, press H (PLAY) or
X(PAUSE) again.
To flip the picture
Press V/vwhile showing a picture to flip the
picture horizontally or a vertically.
To rotate picture
Press B/bwhile showing a picture to rotate the
picture clockwise or counter clockwise.
Notes on JPEG Files
Depending upon the size and number of the JPEG
files, it could take a long time for the DVD Receiver to
read the discs contents. If you dont see an on-screen
display after several minutes, some of the files are too
big reduce the resolution of the JPEG files to less
than 2 mega pixels and burn another disc.
Total number of files and folders on the disc should be
less than 650.
Some disc may be incompatible due to different
recording format or condition of disc.
When you are using software to burn the jpeg files
into the CD-R, ensure that all the selected files have
the .jpgextensions when copying into the CD layout.
If the files have .jpeor .jpegextensions, please
rename them as .jpgfiles.
File names without .jpgextension will not be able to
be read by this DVD Receiver, even though the files
are shown as JPEG image files in windows explorer.
JPEG
Slide Speed
5/32 1024X768
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
JPEG
Off
Folder1
5/32 Picture5.jpg1024X768
Slide Speed Off
Folder1
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
JPEG
MP3
JPEG
28
Programmed Playback MP3
VCD1.1VCD2.0
CD
Programmed Playback with Audio CD
and MP3 Disc
The Program function enables you to store your favorite
tracks from any disc in the DVD Receiver memory.
Program can contain 30 tracks.
1
Press PROGRAM to enter the Program Edit
mode.
The mark will appear to the right of the word
Program on the right side of the menu screen.
Note
Press PROGRAM to exit the Program Edit mode;
the mark will disappear.
2
Select a track, then press ENTER to place the
selected track on the Program list.
3
Repeat step 2 to place additional tracks on the
Program list.
Audio CD menu MP3 disc Menu
4
Press b.
The programmed track you selected last is highlighted on
the program list.
5
Press V/vto select the track you want to start
playing.
Press DVD TOP MENU to move to the next page.
Press DVD MENU to move to the previous page.
6
Press H(PLAY) or ENTER to start.
Playback begins in the order in which you programmed
the tracks and PGMappears on the menu screen.
Playback stops after all of the tracks on the Program list
have played once.
7
To return normal playback from pro-
grammed playback, press PROGRAM to
exit the Program Edit mode. Select a track
of CD (or MP3) list and then press ENTER
or H(PLAY).
PGMindicator disappears in the display window.
Programmed Playback with Video CD
Note
On a Video CD with PBC, you must set PBC to Off on the
setup menu to use the Program function. See page 20.
1
Insert Video CD and close the tray.
2
Press PROGRAM.
The VCD Program menu will appear.
Note
Press RETURN, PROGRAM or H(PLAY) to exit the
Program menu.
3
Follow steps 2-6 of Programmed Playback with
Audio CD and MP3 discon left.
PROGRAMappears on the TV screen.
4
To return normal playback from
programmed playback, press PROGRAM.
PROGRAMdisappears on the TV screen.
Repeat Programmed Tracks
1Press REPEAT when playing the programmed tracks.
The Repeat icon appears on the TV screen.
2Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
TRACK: repeats the current track
ALL: repeats all tracks on the program list.
OFF: does not play repeatedly.
Erasing a Track from Program List
1Press PROGRAM during playback (Audio CD and
MP3 disc only) or stop to enter the Program Edit
mode.
The mark will appear.
2Press bto move to the Program list.
3Use V/vto select the track that you wish to erase
from the Program list.
4Press CLEAR.
The track will be erased from the Program list.
Erasing the whole Program List
1Follow steps 1-2 of Erasing a Track from Program
Listas above.
2Use V/vto select Clear All, then press ENTER.
The complete Program for the disc will be erased
Notes
The programs are cleared when the power is turn off.
The programs are cleared when the disc is removed.
The programs are cleared when another function mode
(VIDEO, FM, AM etc,.) is selected.
OFF
ALL
TRACK
TRACK 1
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
Program
VCD
Clear All
TRACK 1.mp3
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 8.mp3
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
TRACK 5.mp3
TRACK 6.mp3
TRACK 7.mp3
TRACK 8.mp3
Program
MP3
OFF00:00
3
Clear All
ST0: 56: 18
TRACK 1
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 12
TRACK 8
TRACK 10
TRACK 3
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
Program
CD
Clear All
AUTO
OPERATION
29
Speaker Setup
You can set your personal preferences on the DVD function
mode.
Adjust the following settings for the built-in 5.1 channel
surround decoder.
1
Press DVD SETUP.
The Setup menu appears.
2
Select 5.1 Speaker Setupusing the V/v
buttons on the setup menu.
3
While 5.1 Speaker Setupis selected,
press bbutton.
4
Press bbuttons to select the desired speaker.
5
Adjust options by using V/v/B/b buttons.
Speaker selection
Select a speaker that you want to adjust. ((Front speak-
er (Left), Front speaker (Right), Center Speaker,
Surround speaker (Left), Surround speaker (Right), or
Subwoofer))
Note
Certain speaker settings are prohibited by the Dolby
Digital licensing agreement.
Volume
Press B/ bto adjust the output level of the selected
speaker. (-6dB ~ 6dB)
Size
Since the speaker settings are fixed, you cannot change
the settings.
Subwoofers size is fixed Largeand the other
speakers size are fixed Small.
Distance
If you connected speakers to your DVD Receiver, set-
ting the Distance lets the speakers (except subwoofer)
know how far the sound has to travel to reach your set
listening point. This allows the sound from each speaker
to reach the listener at the same time.
Note
You can not set the distance of subwoofer speaker.
Test
Press ENTER to test the signals of each speaker.
Adjust the volume to match the volume of test signals
memorized in the system.
Front Left (L) Center Front Right (R)
Surround Right (R) Surround Left (L) Subwoofer
You can stop the test using V/v.
Return
Press ENTER to return to the previous menu.
30
Additional Information
Sleep Timer Setting
You can set the DVD Receiver to turn off automatically
at a specified time.
11
Press SLEEP to set the desired sleep time.
The SLEEP indicator and sleep time appears in the dis-
play window.
22
Each time you press SLEEP the setting changes
in the following order.
SLEEP 90 80 70 6050 40 30 20 10
OFF
Note
You can check the time remaining before the DVD
Receiver turns off.
Press SLEEP. The remaining time appears in the
Display Window.
Viewing the Playing Time and
Remaining Time in the Front Panel
Display
You can check the disc information, such as the remain-
ing time, total number of titles in a DVD, or tracks in a
CD, VIDEO CD or MP3, using the front panel display.
Press DISPLAY on the remote.
Each time you press DISPLAY while playing the disc,
the display changes.
Notes
Depending on the type of disc being played and the playing
mode, the disc information may not be displayed.
This function is available during only playback mode.
Tips
When playing VIDEO CDs with PBC functions, only the play-
ing time of the scene is displayed.
The playing time and remaining time of the current chapter,
title, track, scene, or disc will also appear on your TV screen.
Dimmer
This function will change the brightness of the display
window on the front panel during in power-on status.
Press the DIMMER repeatedly.
Muting
Press MUTING to mute your unit.
You can mute your unit in order, for example, to answer
the telephone, MUTING ONindicator in the Display
Window. To exit mute mode, press MUTING again.
Using Headphone Jack
Connect a stereo headphone plug ( 3.5mm) into the
PHONES connector.
The speakers are automatically disconnected when you
plug in a headphone (not supplied).
Volume Control
You can adjust the volume by pressing VOLUME (-/+)
repeatedly.
Using the Sound Effect
This system provides you with sound effect, simply by
pressing a button. Choose sound to suit your needs.
Press DSGX on the remote.
The sound effect is activate.
DSGX
With DSGX on, bass frequencies are effectively
reinforced.
To turn off the sound effect
Press DSGX on the remote again.
Notes
When you connect headphones to the system, the DSGX
function does not work.
This function is available during only playback mode.
OPERATION
31
Radio Operation
Presetting the Radio stations
You can preset 30 stations for FM and AM (MW).
Before tuning, make sure that you have turned down the
volume.
11
Press TUNER/BAND on the remote control until
FM or AM (MW) appears in the display window.
22
And then every time you press TUNER/BAND,
FM and AM (MW) changes alternately.
33
Press and hold TUNING - or + on the remote
control for about two seconds until the
frequency indication starts to change, then
release.
Scanning stops when the DVD/CD Receiver tunes in a
station. TUNEDand ST(for stereo program)
appear in the Display Window.
44
Press TUNER MENU on the remote control.
A preset number will flash in the Display Window.
55
Press TUNING - or + on the remote control to
select the preset number you want.
66
Press TUNER MENU on the remote control
again.
The station is stored.
77
Repeat steps 3 to 6 to store other stations.
To tune in a station with a weak signal
Press TUNING - or + repeatedly in step 3 to tune in the
station manually.
To clear all the stored stations
Press and hold TUNER MENU for about two seconds
and CLEAR ALLis appeared in the display window
and then press TUNER MENU again, the stations are
cleared.
If you have accidentally entered into the "CLEAR
ALL" mode and you do not wish to clear the memory,
do not press any key. After a few seconds, the
"CLEAR ALL" display will go off by itself and change
to normal mode.
Note
If all stations have already been entered, the FULL
message will appear in the display window for a
moment and then a preset number will flash.
To change the preset number, follow the steps 5-6 as
above.
Listening to the Radio
Preset radio stations in the DVD Receivers memory first
(see Presetting radio stationson the left).
11
Press TUNER/BAND until AM (MW) or FM
appears in the Display Window.
The last received station is tuned in.
22
Press PRESET -/+ repeatedly to select the
preset station you want.
Each time you press the button, the DVD receiver tunes in
one preset station at a time.
33
Adjust the volume by pressing VOLUME + or -
repeatedly.
To turn off the radio
Press @ / 1to turn the DVD Receiver off or select anoth-
er function mode (CD/DVD, VIDEO or TV).
To listen to non-preset radio stations
Use manual or automatic tuning in step 2.
For manual tuning, press TUNING - or + on the
remote control repeatedly.
For automatic tuning, press and hold TUNING - or +
for about two seconds on the remote control.
To select a preset radio station directly
You can use the number buttons on the remote control
to select a preset radio station directly.
For example, to listen to preset station 4, press 4 on the
remote control. To listen to preset station 19, press 1
then 9 (within 3 seconds).
For your reference
If an FM program is noisy
Press FM MODE on the remote control so that ST
disappears in the display window. There will be no
stereo effect, but the reception will improve. Press
FM MODE again to restore the stereo effect.
To improve reception
Reorient the supplied antennas.
32
Controlling the TV with the Supplied Remote
You can control the sound level, input source, and
power switch of your TV with the supplied remote. Controlling the TV
You can control your TV using the buttons below.
By pressing You can
TV @ / 1 Turn the TV on or off.
TV/VIDEO Switch the TVs input source
between the TV and other input
sources.
TV CH +/- Scans up or down through
memorized channels.
TV VOL +/- Adjust the volume of the TV.
Using the number buttons for controlling the
TV
When you set the remote to the TV mode, you can use
the number buttons for controlling the TV.
Press the TV buttons
The TV button turns red and the remote is set to the TV
mode. You can select the TV channels by using the
number buttons.
>10 is for selecting the channel number greater than 10.
To cancel the TV mode, press the TV button again.
Notes
Before adjusting the TV, press TV.
The TV button turns off when you do not operate the
remote for 10 seconds.
Depending on the TV, you may not be able to control
your TV or to use some of the buttons above.
Tip
Depending on the TV manufacture, the following method
works. For double-digit number, press -/-- first and then
number. (For example, for channel 25, press -/--, then 2
and 5.)
TV @ / 1
TV/VIDEO
TV CH +/-
TV VOL +/-
TV
OPERATION
33
Using the SONY TV DIRECT Function
SONY TV DIRECT allows you to turn on your SONY TV
and this system, change the system mode to CD/DVD,
and then switch the TVs input source you set with one
button push.
By pressing Number TVs input source
TV/VIDEO 0 No input source
(Default)
1 VIDEO1
2 VIDEO2
3 VIDEO3
4 VIDEO4
5 VIDEO5
6 VIDEO6
7 COMPONENT 1
INPUT
8 COMPONENT 2
INPUT
2
Press and hold TV CH + while entering the code
for transmit time (see table below) using the
number buttons.
The transmit time from the remote is selected.
If you successfully set the transmit time code, the
TV button flashes twice slowly. If the setting is
unsuccessful, the TV button flashes five times
quickly.
By pressing Number Transmit time
TV CH + 1 0.5 (Default)
21
3 1.5
42
5 2.5
63
7 3.5
84
Operation
Point the remote to the direction of TV and this system,
then press SONY TV DIRECT once.
While transmitting the code from the remote, the TV but-
ton flashes.
Notes
The function is only for SONY TV series.
If this function does not work, change the transmit
time. The transmit time varies depending on the TV.
If distance between TV and this system is too far, this
function may not work. Install the system near the TV.
Keep the remote pointed in the direction of the TV
and this sysetm whlie the TV button is flashing.
SONY TV DIRECT
TV/VIDEO
TV CH +/-
TV
Number buttons
Preparation
Register the TVs input source connected to this
system.
1
Press and hold TV/VIDEO while entering the
code for the TVs input source to connect this
system (see table below) using the number
buttons.
TVs input source is selected
If you successfully set the TVs input source code,
the TV button flashes twice slowly. If the setting is
unsuccessful, the TV button flashes five times
quickly.
34
Language Code List
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial settings Disc Audio, Disc Subtitleand/or Disc Menu
(See page 19).
Code Language
6566 Abkhazian
6565 Afar
6570 Afrikaans
8381 Albanian
6577 Ameharic
6582 Arabic
7289 Armenian
6583 Assamese
6588 Aymara
6590 Azerbaijani
6665 Bashkir
6985 Basque
6678 Bengali; Bangla
6890 Bhutani
6672 Bihari
6682 Breton
6671 Bulgarian
7789 Burmese
6669 Byelorussian
7577 Cambodian
6765 Catalan
9072 Chinese
6779 Corsican
7282 Croatian
6783 Czech
6865 Danish
7876 Dutch
6978 English
6979 Esperanto
6984 Estonian
7079 Faroese
Code Language
7074 Fiji
7073 Finnish
7082 French
7089 Frisian
7176 Galician
7565 Georgian
6869 German
6976 Greek
7576 Greenlandic
7178 Guarani
7185 Gujarati
7265 Hausa
7387 Hebrew
7273 Hindi
7285 Hungarian
7383 Icelandic
7378 Indonesian
7365 Interlingua
7165 Irish
7384 Italian
7465 Japanese
7487 Javanese
7578 Kannada
7583 Kashmiri
7575 Kazakh
7589 Kirghiz
7579 Korean
7585 Kurdish
7679 Laothian
7665 Latin
7686 Latvian, Lettish
Code Language
7678 Lingala
7684 Lithuanian
7775 Macedonian
7771 Malagasy
7783 Malay
7776 Malayalam
7784 Maltese
7773 Maori
7782 Marathi
7779 Moldavian
7778 Mongolian
7865 Nauru
7869 Nepali
7879 Norwegian
7982 Oriya
8065 Panjabi
8083 Pashto, Pushto
7065 Persian
8076 Polish
8084 Portuguese
8185 Quechua
8277 Rhaeto-Romance
8279 Rumanian
8285 Russian
8377 Samoan
8365 Sanskrit
7168 Scots Gaelic
8382 Serbian
8372 Serbo-Croatian
8378 Shona
8368 Sindhi
Code Language
8373 Singhalese
8375 Slovak
8376 Slovenian
8379 Somali
6983 Spanish
8385 Sudanese
8387 Swahili
8386 Swedish
8476 Tagalog
8471 Tajik
8465 Tamil
8484 Tatar
8469 Telugu
8472 Thai
6679 Tibetan
8473 Tigrinya
8479 Tonga
8482 Turkish
8475 Turkmen
8487 Twi
8575 Ukrainian
8582 Urdu
8590 Uzbek
8673 Vietnamese
8679 Volapük
6789 Welsh
8779 Wolof
8872 Xhosa
7473 Yiddish
8979 Yoruba
9085 Zulu
REFERENCE
35
Code Area
AD Andorra
AE United Arab Emirates
AF Afghanistan
AG Antigua and Barbuda
AI Anguilla
AL Albania
AM Armenia
AN Netherlands Antilles
AO Angola
AQ Antarctica
AR Argentina
AS American Samoa
AT Austria
AU Australia
AW Aruba
AZ Azerbaidjan
BA Bosnia-Herzegovina
BB Barbados
BD Bangladesh
BE Belgium
BF Burkina Faso
BG Bulgaria
BH Bahrain
BI Burundi
BJ Benin
BM Bermuda
BN Brunei Darussalam
BO Bolivia
BR Brazil
BS Bahamas
BT Bhutan
BV Bouvet Island
BW Botswana
BY Belarus
BZ Belize
CA Canada
CC Cocos (Keeling) Islands
CF Central African Republic
CG Congo
CH Switzerland
CI Ivory Coast
CK Cook Islands
CL Chile
CM Cameroon
CN China
CO Colombia
CR Costa Rica
CS Former Czechoslovakia
CU Cuba
CV Cape Verde
CX Christmas Island
CY Cyprus
CZ Czech Republic
DE Germany
DJ Djibouti
DK Denmark
DM Dominica
DO Dominican Republic
DZ Algeria
EC Ecuador
EE Estonia
EG Egypt
EH Western Sahara
Code Area
ER Eritrea
ES Spain
ET Ethiopia
FI Finland
FJ Fiji
FK Falkland Islands
FM Micronesia
FO Faroe Islands
FR France
FX France (European
Territory)
GA Gabon
GB Great Britain
GD Grenada
GE Georgia
GF French Guyana
GH Ghana
GI Gibraltar
GL Greenland
GM Gambia
GN Guinea
GP Guadeloupe (French)
GQ Equatorial Guinea
GR Greece
GS S. Georgia & S. Sandwich
Isls.
GT Guatemala
GU Guam (USA)
GW Guinea Bissau
GY Guyana
HK Hong Kong
HM Heard and McDonald
Islands
HN Honduras
HR Croatia
HT Haiti
HU Hungary
ID Indonesia
IE Ireland
IL Israel
IN India
IO British Indian Ocean
Territory
IQ Iraq
IR Iran
IS Iceland
IT Italy
JM Jamaica
JO Jordan
JP Japan
KE Kenya
KG Kyrgyzstan
KH Cambodia6
KI Kiribati
KM Comoros
KN
Saint Kitts & Nevis Anguilla
KP North Korea
KR South Korea
KW Kuwait
KY Cayman Islands
KZ Kazakhstan
LA Laos
LB Lebanon
Code Area
LC Saint Lucia
LI Liechtenstein
LK Sri Lanka
LR Liberia
LS Lesotho
LT Lithuania
LU Luxembourg
LV Latvia
LY Libya
MA Morocco
MC Monaco
MD Moldavia
MG Madagascar
MH Marshall Islands
MK Macedonia
ML Mali
MM Myanmar
MN Mongolia
MO Macau
MP Northern Mariana Islands
MQ Martinique (French)
MR Mauritania
MS Montserrat
MT Malta
MU Mauritius
MV Maldives
MW Malawi
MX Mexico
MY Malaysia
MZ Mozambique
NA Namibia
NC New Caledonia (French)
NE Niger
NF Norfolk Island
NG Nigeria
NI Nicaragua
NL Netherlands
NO Norway
NP Nepal
NR Nauru
NU Niue
NZ New Zealand
OM Oman
PA Panama
PE Peru
PF Polynesia (French)
PG Papua New Guinea
PH Philippines
PK Pakistan
PL Poland
PM Saint Pierre and Miquelon
PN Pitcairn Island
PR Puerto Rico
PT Portugal
PW Palau
PY Paraguay
QA Qatar
RE Reunion (French)
RO Romania
RU Russian Federation
RW Rwanda
SA Saudi Arabia
SB Solomon Islands
Code Area
SC Seychelles
SD Sudan
SE Sweden
SG Singapore
SH Saint Helena
SI Slovenia
SJ Svalbard and Jan Mayen
Islands
SK Slovak Republic
SL Sierra Leone
SM San Marino
SN Senegal
SO Somalia
SR Suriname
ST Saint Tome and Principe
SU Former USSR
SV El Salvador
SY Syria
SZ Swaziland
TC Turks and Caicos Islands
TD Chad
TF French Southern
Territories
TG Togo
TH Thailand
TJ Tadjikistan
TK Tokelau
TM Turkmenistan
TN Tunisia
TO Tonga
TP East Timor
TR Turkey
TT Trinidad and Tobago
TV Tuvalu
TW Taiwan
TZ Tanzania
UA Ukraine
UG Uganda
UK United Kingdom
UM USA Minor Outlying
Islands
US United States
UY Uruguay
UZ Uzbekistan
VA Vatican City State
VC Saint Vincent &
Grenadines
VE Venezuela
VG Virgin Islands (British)
VI Virgin Islands (USA)
VN Vietnam
VU Vanuatu
WF Wallis and Futuna Islands
WS Samoa
YE Yemen
YT Mayotte
YU Yugoslavia
ZA South Africa
ZM Zambia
ZR Zaire
ZW Zimbabwe
Area Code List
Enter the appropriate code number for the initial setting Area Code(See page 21).
36
Troubleshooting
Check the following guide for the possible cause of a problem before contacting service.
Symptom
No power.
The power is on, but
the DVD Receiver does
not work.
No picture.
There is no sound or
only a very low-level
sound is heard.
The playback picture is poor.
The DVD Receiver does
not start playback.
Loud hum or noise is
heard.
Cause
The power cord is disconnected.
No disc is inserted.
The TV is not set to receive DVD signal
output.
The video cable is not connected
securely.
The connected TV power is turned off.
The equipment connected with the
audio cable is not set to receive DVD
signal output.
The audio cables are not connected
securely.
The power of the equipment connected
with the audio cable is turned off.
The audio connecting cable is damaged.
The disc is dirty.
No disc is inserted.
An unplayable disc is inserted.
The disc is placed upside down.
The disc is not placed within the guide.
The disc is dirty.
A menu is on the TV screen.
The Rating level is set.
The plugs and jacks are dirty.
The disc is dirty.
The speakers and components are
connected poorly.
The DVD Receiver is located too close
to the TV.
Correction
Plug the power cord securely into the
wall outlet.
Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD or,
audio CD indicator in the DVD display is
lit.)
Select the appropriate video input mode
on the TV so the picture from the DVD/
CD receiver appears on the TV screen.
Connect the video cable into the jacks
securely.
Turn on the TV.
Select the correct input mode of the
audio receiver so you can hear the
sound from the DVD Receiver.
Connect the audio cable into the jacks
securely.
Turn on the equipment connected with
the audio cable.
Replace it with new one.
Clean the disc.
Insert a disc. (Check that the DVD, or
audio CD indicator in the DVD display is
lit.)
Insert a playable disc. (Check the disc
type, colour system and Regional code.)
Place the disc with the playback side
down.
Place the disc on the disc tray correctly
inside the guide.
Clean the disc.
Press the DVD SETUP button to turn off
the menu screen.
Cancel the Rating function or change
the rating level.
Wipe them with a cloth slightly mois-
tened with alcohol.
Clean the disc.
Connect the speakers and components
securely.
Move your TV away from the audio com-
ponents.
REFERENCE
37
Troubleshooting (Continued)
Symptom
Radio stations cannot
be tuned in.
The remote control
does not work properly.
The sound mode or Pro
Logic II mode cannot
be changed.
The front panel display
is too dim.
Cause
The antenna is positioned or connected
poorly.
The signal strength of the stations is too
weak (when tuning in with automatic
tuning).
No stations have been preset or preset
stations have been cleared (when
tuning by scanning preset stations).
The remote control is not pointed at the
remote sensor of the DVD Receiver.
The remote control is too far from the
DVD Receiver.
There is an obstacle in the path of the
remote control and the DVD/CD
receiver.
The batteries in the remote control are
flat.
The system cannot change while play-
ing a MP3 disc.
Nothing is displayed on the front panel
display.
Correction
Connect the antenna securely.
Adjust the antennas and connect an
external antenna if necessary.
Tune in the station manually.
Preset the stations (page 31).
Point the remote control at the remote
sensor of the DVD Receiver.
Use the remote control within about 20
ft (6 m).
Remove the obstacle.
Replace the batteries with new ones.
Insert such a CD disc.
Press DIMMER on the remote control.
38
Power supply 220-240V AC, 50/60Hz
Power consumption 70W, No more than 1 W (220-240V AC) (at the power saving mode)
Mass 4.7 kg
External dimensions (W x H x D) 430 x 70 x 383.5 mm
Operating conditions Temperature: 5°C to 35°C, Operation status: Horizontal
Operating humidity 5% to 85%
Laser Semiconductor laser, wavelength 650 nm for VCD and DVD,
wavelength 780 nm for CD
Emission duration Continuous
Signal system PAL 625/50, NTSC 525/60
Frequency response (audio) 2 Hz ~ 20 kHz (±1.0 dB)
Signal-to-noise ratio (audio) More than 75 dB (1 kHz, NOP, 20 kHz LPF/A-Filter)
Dynamic range (audio) More than 70 dB
Harmonic distortion (audio) 0.5 % (1 kHz, at 12W position) (20 kHz LPF/A-Filter)
Inputs VIDEO (AUDIO IN):
Sensitivity: 800 m V
Impedance: 50 kilohms
SCART (AUDIO IN):
Sensitivity: 800 m V
Impedance: 50 kilohms
Video output 1.0 V (p-p), 75 , negative sync., RCA jack
EURO AV (TO TV)
Tuning Range 87.5 - 108 MHz
Intermediate Frequency 10.7 MHz
Signal-to Noise Ratio 60 dB (Mono)
Tuning Range 522 - 1,611 kHz
Intermediate Frequency 450 kHz
Stereo mode 50W + 50W (8 at 1 kHz, THD 10 %)
Surround mode Front: 50W + 50W
Centre*: 50W
Surround*: 50W + 50W (8at 1 kHz, THD 10 %)
Subwoofer*: 80W (4at 50 Hz, THD 10 %)
Outputs PHONES: (32 , 25mW)
Satellite Speaker (SS-TS9) Passive Subwoofer (SS-WS9)
Type 1 Way 1 Speaker 1 Way 1 Speaker
Impedance 8 4
Frequency Response 180 - 20,000 Hz 45 - 180 Hz
Rated Input Power 50W 80W
Max. Input Power 100W 160W
Net Dimensions (W x H x D) 98 x 102 x 106 mm 173 x 380 x 402 mm
Net Weight 0.6 kg 6.8 kg
Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Subwoofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Size AA (R6) batteries . . . . . . . . . . .2
Remote Commander (remote) RM-SS220 . .1 AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Foot pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Speakers - Connection and Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . .1
Installation (card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Specification
[General]
[CD/DVD][Video][Amplifier][Speakers]
[Supplied
Accessories]
Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice.
(*
Depending on the sound mode
settings and the source, there
may be no sound output.)
[Tuner]
[FM]
AM
[MW]
Sony Corporation Printed in China http://www.sony.net
DVD ëàëíÖåÄ ÑéåÄòçÖÉé
äàçéíÖÄíêÄ
©2004 Sony Corporation
DAV-SB100
LH-T6541D_JA3RMLS_RUS
àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË RU
2
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
èêÖÑìèêÖÜÑÖçàÖ: ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Á‡Í˚Ú˚ı
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚‡ı, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ ÍÌËÊÌÓÏ ¯Í‡ÙÛ ËÎË ‚ ÔÓ‰Ó·Ì˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı.
óÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÓ‚ÂÌË ÔÓʇ‡, Ì ̇Í˚‚‡ÈÚÂ
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËË „‡ÁÂÚ‡ÏË, Ò͇ÚÂÚflÏË, Á‡Ì‡‚ÂÒ͇ÏË Ë Ú. ‰.
ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó „Ófl˘Ëı ҂˜ÂÈ.
ç ‚˚·‡Ò˚‚‡ÈÚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË ‚ÏÂÒÚÂ Ò ·˚ÚÓ‚˚ÏË
ÓÚıÓ‰‡ÏË, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÛÌ˘ÚÓÊËÚ¸ ÂÂ
Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ‚ˉ ÓÚıÓ‰Ó‚
ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÒfl Í ıËÏ˘ÂÒÍËÏ.
чÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÒfl Í Î‡ÁÂÌ˚Ï
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï ä·ÒÒ‡ 1. ç‡ÍÎÂÈ͇ Ò Ú‡ÍÓÈ
̇‰ÔËÒ¸˛ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl Ò ‚̯ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
ÇçàåÄçàÖ:
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ·ÁÂ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ.
óÚÓ·˚ „‡‡ÌÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸ Ô‡‚ËθÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ËÁ‰ÂÎËfl, Ú˘‡ÚÂθÌÓ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Ó ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl Ë
ÒÓı‡ÌËÚÂ Â„Ó ‰Îfl Ó·‡˘ÂÌËfl ·Û‰Û˘ÂÏ. ÖÒÎË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ¸ ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍÓ ӷÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸
ÓÙˈˇθÌ˚È ÒÂ‚ËÒÌ˚È ˆÂÌÚ (ÒÏ. Ôӈ‰ÛÛ Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËfl).
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Ó„‡ÌÓ‚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ, Ú‡ÍÊÂ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË Ôӈ‰Û, ÓÚ΢Ì˚ı ÓÚ ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÏÛ Ó·ÎÛ˜ÂÌ˲.
óÚÓ
·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔflÏÓ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë ·ÁÂÌÓ„Ó ÎÛ˜‡, Ì ÓÚÍ˚‚‡ÈÚÂ
ÍÓÔÛÒ. èË ÓÚÍ˚ÚÓÏ ÍÓÔÛÒ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ë ‚ˉËÏÓ„Ó
·ÁÂÌÓ„Ó ËÁÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl. çÖ ëåéíêàíÖ çÄ ãÄáÖêçõâ ãìó.
ÇçàåÄçàÖ: чÌÌ˚È ÔË
·Ó Ì ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ÔÓ‰‚Â„‡Ú¸Òfl ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒڂ˲
‚Ó‰˚ (͇ÔÎflÏ ËÎË ·˚Á„‡Ï). äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó, ̇ ÌÂ„Ó Ì ÒΉÛÂÚ ÒÚ‡‚ËÚ¸
͇ÍËÂ-ÎË·Ó Ô‰ÏÂÚ˚, ̇ÔÓÎÌÂÌÌ˚ ‚Ó‰ÓÈ, Í ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËÂ, Í‡Í ‚‡Á˚.
Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
åÂ˚
ÖÒÎË ˜ÚÓ-ÚÓ ÔÓÔ‡‰ÂÚ ‚ÌÛÚ¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡, ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚÂ Â„Ó Ë
‚˚ÁÓ‚ËÚ ͂‡ÎËÙˈËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó Ï‡ÒÚÂ‡ ‰Îfl ÔÓ‚ÂÍË, ÔÂ‰
‰‡Î¸ÌÂȯËÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ.
ìÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÓ ÓÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó
̇ÔflÊÂÌËfl, ÂÒÎË ‚ËÎ͇ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ÓÁÂÚÍÂ, ‰‡Ê ‚ ÚÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ÂÒÎË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ.
ÇÒ„‰‡ ‚˚‰Â„Ë‚‡ÈÚ ‚ËÎÍÛ ËÁ ÓÁÂÚÍË, ÂÒÎË ‚˚ ÌÂ
ÒÓ·Ë‡ÂÚÂÒ¸ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
ÔÂËÓ‰‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. óÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ¯ÌÛ, ‚Ò„‰‡
ÓÚÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ËÎÍË, Ë ÌË ‚ ÍÓÂÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ·ÂÁ ÌÂÂ.
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇
çÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ËÚ¸ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘Û˛ ˆËÍÛÎflˆË˛
‚ÓÁ‰Ûı‡ ‰Îfl Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚ÌÛÚÂÌÌÂ„Ó ÔÂ„‚‡.
ç ̇‰Ó ÒÚÂÎËÚ¸ ÔÓ‰ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÔΉ˚, Ó‰Âfl· ËÎË Ï‡ÚÂËË
(¯ÚÓ˚, Ú͇ÌË), ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl.
ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÁΠÚÂÔÎÓ‚˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, Í
ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ·‡Ú‡Âfl ËÎË ‚ÓÁ‰ÛıÓÔÓ‚Ó‰˚, ËÎË
ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÔÓÔ‡‰‡ÌËfl ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓ
Ô˚θÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
‚Ë·‡ˆËË ËÎË Û‰‡ÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl.
ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ ̇ÍÎÓÌÌÓÈ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË.
éÌÓ ‡ÒÒ˜ËÚ‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ‡·ÓÚÛ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ „ÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ë ‰ËÒÍË fl‰ÓÏ Ò
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ò ÒËθÌ˚Ï Ï‡„ÌËÚÓÏ. ä Ú‡ÍËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï
ÓÚÌÓÒflÚÒfl ÏËÍÓ‚ÓÎÌÓ‚˚ ÔÂ˜Ë Ë ·Óθ¯Ë „ÓÏÍÓ„Ó‚ÓËÚÂÎË.
ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÚflÊÂÎ˚ı Ô‰ÏÂÚÓ‚ ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó.
ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÔÂÂÌÓÒËÚÒfl ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ, ‚ÌÛÚË
ÌÂ„Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚·„‡, Ë ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ
ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎËÌÁ. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚ÔÂ‚˚ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó,
ËÎË ÂÒÎË ‚˚ ÔÂÂÏ¢‡ÂÚÂ Â„Ó ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ,
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÔÓ‰Óʉ‡Ú¸ ÓÍÓÎÓ 30 ÏËÌÛÚ ÔÂ‰ Â„Ó ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ.
é· ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ı ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
òÌÛ ˝ÎÂÍÚÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ ÒÔˆˇθÌÓÈ
χÒÚÂÒÍÓÈ ÔÓ ÂÏÓÌÚÛ.
é ÏÂÒÚÓ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËflı
ìÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÂÒË‚Â ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı Ò ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ
‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÂÈ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔÂ„‚‡ÌËÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÈ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË, ÍÓÔÛÒ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸
„Ófl˜ËÏ Ì‡ Ó˘ÛÔ¸. ùÚÓ ÌÓχθÌÓ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌË ÔË ‰ÎËÚÂθÌÓÏ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË. íÂÏ Ì ÏÂÌÂÂ, ÔË͇҇ڸÒfl Í ÍÓÔÛÒÛ ÌÂ
ÒΉÛÂÚ. ç ÔÓÏ¢‡ÈÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Á‡Í˚ÚÓ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚Ó,
ÔÓÒÍÓθÍÛ ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔӂΘ¸ Á‡ ÒÓ·ÓÈ ÔÂ„‚.
ç˘ÂÏ Ì Á‡Í˚‚‡ÈÚ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl. êÂÒË‚Â
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Í ÛÒËÎËÚÂβ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚË. ÖÒÎË ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚Â
ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl ̇ ‚ÂıÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ·Û‰ÛÚ ˜ÂÏ-ÎË·Ó
Á‡Í˚Ú˚, ÚÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂ„ÂÚ¸Òfl Ë ÓÚ͇Á‡Ú¸.
ç ÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ̇ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸, ̇ÔËÏÂ ÔΉ,
Ú‡Í Í‡Í ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ Á‡·ÎÓÍËÓ‚‡Ú¸ ‚ÂÌÚËÎflˆËÓÌÌ˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÒÚËfl,
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚ ̇ ÌËÊÌÂÈ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ‚ÓÁΠÚÂÔÎÓ‚˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, Í
ÔËÏÂÛ Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ·‡Ú‡Âfl ËÎË ‚ÓÁ‰ÛıÓÔÓ‚Ó‰˚, ËÎË
ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÔÓÔ‡‰‡ÌËfl ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡, ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓ
Ô˚θÌ˚ı ÏÂÒÚ‡ı, ‚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ı ÏÂı‡Ì˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Ëfl.
é· ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË
ÖÒÎË ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ÔÂÂÌÓÒËÚÒfl ËÁ ıÓÎÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ‚ ÚÂÔÎÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ,
‚ÌÛÚË ÌÂ„Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÍÓ̉ÂÌÒËÓ‚‡Ú¸Òfl ‚·„‡, Ë ˝ÚÓ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ÎËÌÁ. ÖÒÎË ˝ÚÓ ÔÓËÁÓȉÂÚ, ÚÓ
ÒËÒÚÂχ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚ͇Á‡Ú¸. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ‚˚Ú‡˘ËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ë
ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ò‡ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇ ‚·„‡ Ì ËÒÔ‡ËÚÒfl.
èË Î˛·ÓÏ ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ‚Ò„‰‡ ‚˚Ú‡ÒÍË‚‡ÈÚÂ
‰ËÒÍË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ˝ÚÓ„Ó Ì ҉·ÂÚÂ, ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓ‚‰ËÚ¸Òfl.
îËÏÂÌ̇fl ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ ̇ÍÎÂÂ̇ ̇ ÍÓÔÛÒ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
éëTéêéÜçé: óíéÅõ èêÖÑéíÇêÄíàíú ÇéáÉéêÄçàÖ
àãà èéêÄÜÖçàÖ ùãÖäíêàóÖëíÇéå, çÖ
ÑéèìëäÄâíÖ èéèÄÑÄçàü Ç èêàÅéê ÇéÑõ.
ÇÄÜçéÖ áÄåÖóÄçàÖ
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ı ‚ˉÂÓËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ËÎË ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇
ÌÂÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÔÓÏÂÊÛÚÓÍ ‚ÂÏÂÌË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚÂ
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÎË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ̇ ‰ÎËÚÂθÌ˚È
ÔÂËÓ‰ ‚ÂÏÂÌË, ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ˝Í‡Ì‡.
éÒÓ·ÂÌÌÓ ÔÓ‰‚ÂÊÂÌ˚ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËflÏ ‚ ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
ÔÓÂ͈ËÓÌÌ˚ ˝Í‡Ì˚.
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
3
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èêàåÖóÄçàü èé ÄÇíéêëäàå èêÄÇÄå:
á‡ÍÓÌ Á‡Ô¢‡ÂÚ ·ÂÁ ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡Ú¸, Ú‡ÌÒÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸,
‰ÂÏÓÌÒÚËÓ‚‡Ú¸, ÔÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ˜ÂÂÁ ͇·Âθ, ÔÛ·Î˘ÌÓ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ë Ò‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ‚ ‡ÂÌ‰Û Óı‡ÌflÂÏ˚È ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËÏ
Ô‡‚ÓÏ Ï‡ÚÂˇÎ.
чÌÌÓ ËÁ‰ÂÎË ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËfl,
‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌÛ˛ Macrovision. ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚
Ò˄̇Î˚ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ÓÚ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËfl. èË Á‡ÔËÒË Ë ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË
ÙËθÏÓ‚ Ò ˝ÚËı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÔÓÏÂıË.
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ËÁ‰ÂÎËË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„Ëfl Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı
Ô‡‚, ÍÓÚÓ‡fl Á‡˘Ë˘Â̇ ÙÓÏÛ·ÏË ËÁÓ·ÂÚÂÌËÈ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı
Ô‡ÚÂÌÚÓ‚ ëòÄ Ë ‰Û„ËÏË Ô‡‚‡ÏË Ì‡ ËÌÚÂÎÎÂÍÚۇθÌÛ˛
ÒÓ·ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸ Macrovision Corporation Ë ‰Û„Ëı Ô‡‚Óӷ·‰‡ÚÂÎÂÈ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË Á‡˘ËÚ˚ ‡‚ÚÓÒÍËı Ô‡‚
‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌÓ Macrovision Corporation, ÓÌÓ
Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‰Óχ¯ÌÂ„Ó Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡, ÂÒÎË ÌÂÚ ËÌÓ„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl Macrovision Corporation.
àÌÊÂÌÂÌ˚È ‡Ì‡ÎËÁ Ë ‰ÂÏÓÌÚ‡Ê Á‡Ô¢ÂÌ.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚ ‰Îfl Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌËfl Û͇Á‡ÌËÈ
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÓÔ‡ÒÌÓÒÚË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔË‚ÂÒÚË Í
ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ˲ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ËÎË ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸ ËÌÓÈ
χÚÂˇθÌ˚È Û˘Â·.
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÒÔˆˇθÌ˚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ÔË
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ Ì‡ ÒÓ‚ÂÚ˚ Ë ÔÓ‰Ò͇ÁÍË, ӷ΄˜‡˛˘ËÂ
‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË Á‡‰‡˜Ë.
ëÓÍ ÒÎÛÊ·˚ ‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÓ‚‡‡ - 7 ÎÂÚ ÒÓ ‰Ìfl ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë
ÚÓ‚‡‡ ÔÓÚ·ËÚÂβ.
4
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌËÂ
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
èÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ ‰ËÒÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ‰ËÒÍ‡Ï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
ç‡Á̇˜ÂÌË ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
äÌÓÔÍË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÓÍ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲. . . . . . . . . 12
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. . . . . . . . . . . 14
ê‡ÒÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . 15
Ç˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17-21
åËÌË„ÎÓÒÒ‡ËÈ ‰Îfl ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ‡Û‰ËÓÔÓÚÓ͇ Ë
Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
é·˘‡fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
. 18
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-21
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
üÁ˚Í. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
êÖÜàåõ íÇ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . 20
ÑÛ„ËÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-24
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ë Video CD. . . . . . . 22
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl . . . 22
Ç˚·Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ TITLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Ç˚·Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
èÓ‚ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
ëÔˆˇθÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . 24
èÓ‚Â͇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD:
åÂÌ˛ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ê‡ÍÛÒ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl . 24
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ëÛ·ÚËÚ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25-26
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . 25
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
è‡ÛÁ‡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ͇. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
èÓËÒÍ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
èÓ‚ÚÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò JPEG-هȷÏË . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Ç˚·Ó هȷ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èÓ‚ÓÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Ç‡˘ÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï JPEG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ- Ë
MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ . . . . . 28
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Ú‡ÈÏÂ‡, Ò‡·‡Ú˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó
Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl
‚ÂÏÂÌË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
éÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË Á‚Û͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Á˙Âχ ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡. . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡‰ËÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
è‰‚‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ . . . . . . . . . . . 31
èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË ‡‰ËÓ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl . . . . 32
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ
ÙËÏ˚ Sony. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ. . . . . . . . . . . 36-37
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Laboratories (ÑÓηË
ㇷÓ‡ÚÓËÒ). "Dolby", "Pro Logic" Ë ‰‚ÓÈÌÓ "D" fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl
ÚÓ„Ó‚˚ÏË Ï‡͇ÏË ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Laboratories. äÓÌÙˉÂ̈ˇθÌ˚Â
ÌÂÔÛ·ÎËÍÛÂÏ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚. Ä‚ÚÓÒÍË Ô‡‚‡ ÔË̇‰ÎÂÊ‡Ú ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË
Dolby Laboratories 1992-1997. ÇÒ Ô‡‚‡ Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚.
èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÓÙˈˇθÌÓ Á‡„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Digital Theater Systems (ÑˉÊËڇΠë˽ڠëËÒÚÂÏÒ).
è‡ÚÂÌÚ˚ ëòÄ ‹5,451,942,5,956,674,5,974,380,5,978,762 Ë ‰Û„ËÂ
‚˚‰‡ÌÌ˚Â Ë Ì‡ıÓ‰fl˘ËÂÒfl ̇ ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌËË ‚ÒÂÏËÌ˚ ԇÚÂÌÚ˚.
"DTS" Ë "DTS Digital Surround" fl‚Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÚÓ„Ó‚˚ÏË Ï‡͇ÏË
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Digital Theater Systems 1996, 2000. ÇÒ Ô‡‚‡ Á‡˘Ë˘ÂÌ˚.
5
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
èÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏ˚ ‰ËÒÍË
ÇˉÂÓ DVD-‰ËÒÍË
(‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË
(‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË
(‰ËÒÍË 8 ÒÏ /12 ÒÏ)
äÓÏ ˝ÚÓ„Ó, ‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‰ËÒÍË
DVD-R/-RW, S-‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ë ‰ËÒÍË CD-R ËÎË CD-RW,
ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Ë ‡Û‰ËÓÁ‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍË, ‰ËÒÍË MP3, ËÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ JPEG.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
ËÎË ÓÚ Ò‡ÏËı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/RW),
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË CD-R/RW (ËÎË DVD-R/RW) ÌÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ÑËÒÍË DVD-RW ÂÊËÏ ‚ˉÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒË Ì ÏÓ„ÛÚ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ç ÔËÍÂÔÎflÈÚ ÌË͇ÍËı flÎ˚ÍÓ‚ Ë Ì‡ÍÎÂÂÍ Ì‡ Ó·Â
ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (̇ Îˈ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÂ Ë Ì‡
Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏÓÈ ÒÚÓÓÌÂ).
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰ÂÙÓÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ËÒÍË
(̇ÔËÏÂ, ‚ ‚ˉ ÒÂ‰ˆ‡ ËÎË ‚ÓÒ¸ÏËÛ„ÓθÌ˚Â). éÌË
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸Òfl ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÓÚ͇Á‡ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ DVD Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇Ï
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë
‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ̇ÏÂÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡Ì˚
ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎflÏË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl. í‡Í ͇Í
‰‡ÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ DVD-‰ËÒÍË Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË
‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏ˚Ï ‰ËÒ͇, ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡ÌÌ˚Ï
ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÏ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚Â
ÙÛÌ͈ËË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ̉ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚, ËÎË
ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌ˚ ‰Û„Ë ÙÛÌ͈ËË.
í‡ÍÊ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl, ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÏ˚Â Ò DVD-‰ËÒ͇ÏË Ë
‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇ÏË. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ DVD, ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌÌ˚ ‰Îfl ‰ÂÎÓ‚˚ı
ˆÂÎÂÈ, ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ê„ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡ Ë DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ‡Á‡·ÓÚ‡Ì Ë ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‰Îfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl
DVD, Á‡ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ‰Îfl „ËÓ̇ “5”.
äÓ‰ „ËÓ̇ ÔË‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ‚ χÍËÓ‚ÍÂ
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚. éÌ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚËÔ
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ˝ÚË ‰ËÒÍË.
чÌÌÓ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ DVD-
‰ËÒÍË, ̇ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÂÒÚ¸ ÓÚÏÂÚÍË “5” ËÎË “‚Ò”.
èË ÔÓÔ˚ÚÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰Û„Ëı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË “èÓ‚Â¸Ú ÍÓ‰ „ËÓ̇”.
ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒ͇ı Ó·ÓÁ̇˜ÂÌË ÍÓ‰‡ „ËÓ̇
ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚Ó‚‡Ú¸, ÌÂÒÏÓÚfl ̇ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ Ëı
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ „ËÓ̇θÌ˚ÏË
Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËflÏË, Ë ÔÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÓÌË Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ.
íÂÏËÌ˚, Ëϲ˘Ë ÓÚÌÓ¯ÂÌËÂ Í ‰ËÒ͇Ï
ᇄÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚)
éÒÌÓ‚ÌÓÈ ÙËÎ¸Ï ËÎË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓÂ, ËÎË
ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚È ‡Î¸·ÓÏ.
ä‡Ê‰ÓÏÛ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÒÒ˚ÎÍË,
ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÈÚË Â„Ó.
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚)
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ - ˝ÚÓ Ú‡ÍÓÈ Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ ÙËθχ ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌÓ„Ó
‡Î¸·Óχ, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÏÂ̸¯Â ˜‡ÒÚË, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ. èÓ‰ Ó‰ÌËÏ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ó‰ËÌ ËÎË
ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚. ä‡Ê‰ÓÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ
‡Á‰Â·, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ‡Á‰ÂÎ.
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ ‡Á‰ÂÎ˚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ӷÓÁ̇˜‡Ú¸Òfl.
íÂÍ (‰ÓÓÊ͇) (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ- Ë ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚)
ó‡ÒÚ¸ ÙËθχ ËÎË Ù‡„ÏÂÌÚ ÏÛÁ˚ÍË Ì‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË
‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÂ. ä‡Ê‰˚È ÚÂÍ ËÏÂÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘ËÈ
‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌ˚È ÚÂÍ.
ì͇Á‡ÚÂθ (‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË)
óËÒÎÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚, ‰ÂÎfl˘Ëı ÚÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ӷ΄˜ËÚ¸ ̇ıÓʉÂÌË ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ÏÂÒÚ‡ ̇ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ. Ç
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇, Û͇Á‡ÚÂÎË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡Ú¸Òfl.
ëˆÂ̇
ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÙËθÏ˚ Ë ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
(ÙÓÚÓÒÌËÏÍË) ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂÌ˚ ̇ ÒÂ͈ËË, ÍÓÚÓ˚Â
̇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl “ÒˆÂ̇ÏË”. ä‡Ê‰‡fl Ëϲ˘‡flÒfl ÒˆÂ̇
ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ÒˆÂÌ Ë ËÏÂÂÚ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÌÓÏÂ,
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘ËÈ ‚‡Ï ̇ÈÚË ÌÛÊÌÛ˛ ÒˆÂÌÛ.
ëˆÂ̇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÚ¸ ËÁ Ó‰ÌÓ„Ó ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÚÂÍÓ‚.
î‡ÈÎ
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Ë هÈÎ˚
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl JPEG.
íËÔ˚ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‰‚‡ ÚËÔ‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚:
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) (‚ÂÒËfl 2.0)
PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ‚‡Ï
‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸ Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ ˜ÂÂÁ ÏÂÌ˛, ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓËÒ͇ Ë
‰Û„Ë ӷ˚˜Ì˚ «ÍÓÏÔ¸˛ÚÂÌ˚» ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË. äÓÏ ÚÓ„Ó,
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÙÓÚÓÒÌËÏÍÓ‚ ‚˚ÒÓÍÓ„Ó
‡Á¯ÂÌËfl, ÂÒÎË ÓÌË ËϲÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË ·ÂÁ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ) (‚ÂÒËfl 1.1)
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÌËÏË ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Ú‡Í ÊÂ, Í‡Í Ë Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ÏË.
éÌË ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛Ú ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‚ˉÂÓ Ë Á‚ÛÍ, Ӊ̇ÍÓ ÓÌË
Ì ËÏÂ˛Ú ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ PBC.
5
ÇÄÜçéÖ áÄåÖóÄçàÖ:
ê‡ÁflÊÂÌÌÛ˛ ·‡Ú‡² ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ, ËÎË
ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÁ·‡‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÓÚ Ì ·ÂÁÓÔ‡ÒÌ˚Ï ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÓÏ
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÏ Á‡ÍÓÌÓ‰‡ÚÂθÒÚ‚ÓÏ. ᇠ·ÓÎÂÂ
ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËÂÈ, Ó·‡˘‡ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡ÈÓÌÌÓÏÛ
Û˜ÂʉÂÌ˲ ÔÓ ÛÌ˘ÚÓÊÂÌ˲ Ú‚Â‰˚ı ÓÚıÓ‰Ó‚.
6
èÂ‰ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
åÂ˚ Ô‰ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌÓÒÚË
é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ
éÚÔ‡‚͇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
ì‰Ó·ÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÓË„Ë̇θÌÛ˛ ͇ÚÓÌÌÛ˛ ÍÓÓ·ÍÛ
Ë ÓË„Ë̇θÌ˚ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚Ó˜Ì˚ χÚÂˇÎ˚.
ÑÎfl Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl χÍÒËχθÌÓÈ Á‡˘ËÚ˚ Á‡ÌÓ‚Ó ÛÔ‡ÍÛÈÚÂ
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ú‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ, Í‡Í ÓÌÓ ·˚ÎÓ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚‡ÌÓ
ËÁ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓ Ì‡ Á‡‚Ó‰Â-ËÁ„ÓÚÓ‚ËÚÂÎÂ.
èË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Í ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌ˚
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ë Á‚ÛÍ ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌÓ„Ó fl‰ÓÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡,
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ËÎË ‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌË͇. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊËÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó Ì‡ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËË ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡,
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇ ËÎË ‡‰ËÓÔËÂÏÌË͇ ËÎË ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚÂ
Â„Ó ÔÓÒΠۉ‡ÎÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
óÚÓ·˚ ÒÓı‡ÌËÚ¸ ̇ÛÊÌÛ˛ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸ ˜ËÒÚÓÈ
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ fl‰ÓÏ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ ÎÂÚۘˠÊˉÍÓÒÚË, Ú‡ÍËÂ
Í‡Í ËÌÒÂÍÚˈˉÌ˚ ‡˝ÓÁÓÎË. ç ‰ÓÔÛÒ͇ÈÚ ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓ„Ó
ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡ Ò ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ Ô‰ÏÂÚÓ‚ ËÁ ÂÁËÌ˚ ËÎË Ô·ÒÚχÒÒ˚.
éÚ ÌËı ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÓÒÚ‡Ú¸Òfl ÒΉ˚ ̇ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË.
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡
óÚÓ·˚ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ¸ ÍÓÔÛÒ
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ ÒÛıÛ˛ Ú̸͇. ÖÒÎË ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË
ÒËθÌÓ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Ïfl„ÍÛ˛ Ú̸͇, ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÛ˛
‚ Ò··ÓÏ ‡ÒÚ‚Ó ÏÓ˛˘Â„Ó ‚¢ÂÒÚ‚‡. ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎË, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í ÒÔËÚ, ·ÂÌÁËÌ ËÎË ‡Á·‡‚ËÚÂθ,
Ú‡Í Í‡Í ÓÌË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÔÓ‚‰ËÚ¸ ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚ¸ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡.
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ˜ÂÚÍÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
DVD-ÂÍÓ‰Â fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÚÂıÌÓÎӄ˘Ì˚Ï ÚÓ˜Ì˚Ï
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚ÓÏ. ÖÒÎË ÎËÌÁ‡ ÓÔÚ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓÒÌËχÚÂÎfl Ë
‰ÂÚ‡ÎË ÔË‚Ó‰‡ ‰ËÒ͇ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ˚ ËÎË ËÁÌÓ¯ÂÌ˚, ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌËÁÍËÏ ä‡Ê‰˚Â
1000 ˜‡ÒÓ‚
˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË ÂÍÓÏẨÛÂÚÒfl ÔÓ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ „ÛÎflÌ˚È
ÍÓÌÚÓθ Ë Ó·ÒÎÛÊË‚‡ÌËÂ. (èÂËӉ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ
ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË.) ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÔÓ‰Ó·ÌÓÈ
ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ó·‡ÚËÚÂÒ¸ Í ·ÎËʇȯÂÏÛ ‰ËÎÂÛ.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ‰ËÒ͇Ï
é·‡˘ÂÌËÂ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË
ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‡·Ó˜ÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ ‰ËÒ͇. óÚÓ·˚ ̇
ÔÓ‚ÂıÌÓÒÚË Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÎËÒ¸ ÓÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚, ·ÂËÚÂ
‰ËÒÍ Á‡ Í‡fl. ç ÔËÍÎÂË‚‡ÈÚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ·Ûχ„Û ËÎË ÎÂÌÚÛ.
ï‡ÌÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èÓÒΠËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl ı‡ÌËÚ ‰ËÒÍË ‚ ÙÛÚÎfl‡ı.
ç ÔÓ‰‚Â„‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ÓÁ‰ÂÈÒڂ˲ ÔflÏÓ„Ó ÒÓÎ̘ÌÓ„Ó Ò‚ÂÚ‡ Ë
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ ÚÂÔ·, Ë Ì ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ χ¯ËÌÂ, ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÈ ÔÓ‰
ÔflÏ˚ÏË ÒÓÎ̘Ì˚ÏË ÎÛ˜‡ÏË, Ú‡Í Í‡Í ÔË ˝ÚÓÏ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ
ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ۂÂ΢ÂÌË ÚÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ˚ ‚ÌÛÚË Ï‡¯ËÌ˚.
é˜ËÒÚ͇ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
éÚÔ˜‡ÚÍË Ô‡Î¸ˆÂ‚ Ë „flÁ¸ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ‚˚Á‚‡Ú¸
ÒÌËÊÂÌË ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl Ë ËÒ͇ÊÂÌË Á‚Û͇.
èÂ‰ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
˜ËÒÚÓÈ Ú͇ÌË. èÓÚË‡ÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ÓÚ ˆÂÌÚ‡ Í Í‡flÏ.
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÒËθÌ˚ ‡ÒÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎË, Ú‡ÍËÂ Í‡Í ÒÔËÚ,
·ÂÌÁËÌ, ‡Á·‡‚ËÚÂθ, Ëϲ˘ËÂÒfl ‚ ÔÓ‰‡Ê ÏÓ˛˘ËÂ
‚¢ÂÒÚ‚‡, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ‡ÌÚËÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍË ‡˝ÓÁÓÎË,
Ô‰̇Á̇˜ÂÌÌ˚ ‰Îfl ÒÚ‡˚ı ‚ËÌËÎÓ‚˚ı Ô·ÒÚËÌÓÍ.
чÌÌ˚È ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ÚÓθÍÓ ÍÛ„Î˚Â
‰ËÒÍË. àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÌÂÒڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚ı ËÎË Ì ÍÛ„Î˚ı
‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (̇ÔËÏÂ, ͇ÚÓ˜Ì˚Â, ÒÂ‰ˆÂ‚ˉÌ˚Â, Ë ÙÓÏÂ
Á‚ÂÁ‰˚ ) ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÚ‡Ú¸ Ô˘ËÌÓÈ ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË ‚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ‰ËÒÍË, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÔÓϘÂÌ˚ ÍÓÏÏÂ˜ÂÒÍËÏË
ÂÍ‚ËÁËÚ‡ÏË, Ú‡ÍËÏË Í‡Í ˝ÚËÍÂÚ͇ ËÎË Ó·Ó‰ÓÍ.
ç‡Á̇˜ÂÌË ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ
” ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‡·ÓÚ˚ ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ
ÔÓfl‚ÎflÚ¸Òfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ. ùÚÓÚ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl, ÓÔËÒ‡Ì̇fl ˝ÚÓÏ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚Â ÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÚÂÎfl,
ÓÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Ì‡ Û͇ÁÌÓÏ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ DVD.
ëËÏ‚ÓÎ˚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë Û͇Á‡ÌËfl
ê‡Á‰ÂÎ, ‚ ̇Á‚‡ÌË ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚, ÔËÏÂÌËÏ ÚÓθÍÓ Í ‰ËÒ͇Ï, ÍÓÚÓ˚Â
Ó·ÓÁ̇˜‡˛ÚÒfl ˝ÚËÏ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓÏ.
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË DVD
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ)
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËÂÈ PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ)
ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË
ÑËÒÍË MP3
ÑËÒÍË Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG
JPEG
MP3
CD
VCD1.1
VCD2.0
DVD
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
7
äÌÓÔÍË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË
STANDBY
IR
- PRESET +- VOLUME +
FUNCTION
PHONES
èÄìáÄ (XX)
ÇÂÏÂÌ̇fl ÔËÓÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË.
ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ ¢ ‡Á.
éíäêõíú/áÄäêõíú ( )
éÚÍ˚Ú¸ ËÎË Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
чژËÍ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ç‡Ô‡‚ÎflÈÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡ Ò˛‰‡.
éÍÌÓ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ãÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇
ÑËÒÍ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚÒfl Á‰ÂÒ¸.
@ / 1 à̉Ë͇ÚÓ (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl)
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ÇÍÎ Ë Ç˚ÍÎ.
ëíéè (xx)
éÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË Á‡ÔËÒË.
ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ (H)
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇.
ò‡„ ‚ÔÂ‰ (
TT
)
DVD: èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ.
Radio: Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚‡ÏË ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛.
é·‡ÚÌ˚È ¯‡„ (
SS
)
DVD: èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇ ËÎË Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ.
Radio: Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ‚‡ÏË ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛.
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ "+" ‰Îfl Û‚Â΢ÂÌËfl „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ë
"-" ‰Îfl ÛÏÂ̸¯ÂÌËfl.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ (Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl)
ë‚ÂÚËÚÒfl Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÂÒË‚Â
̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl (‚˚ÍÎ).
îÛÌ͈Ëfl
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÂÒË‚Â‡
(‡‰ËÓ FM, ‡‰ËÓ AM, ‚ˉÂÓ,
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ËÎË CD/DVD-‰ËÒÍË).
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË Á‚Û͇
óÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸ ̇ۯÌËÍË
TUNED PBC SLEEP
MP3 CD ST DSGX
TRK
REP 1ALBM
CHAP TITLE
DISC
AM
FM
D D
D
PL II
D
D
8
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÓÍ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ ËÎË
ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÂÊËχ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
鷢 ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl/ àÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl/ ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÂÌËfl/
ÇÂÏfl ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl/ íÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÒÚ‡ÚÛÒ/ çÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇/ èÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È
ÂÊËÏ/ á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Â, ̇ÔËÏÂ, Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚.
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÂÊËχ ‡‰ËÓ
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ڇÈÏÂ‡, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
̇ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl
ᇄÓ‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â
̇ÒÚ‡Ë‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ͇ÍÛ˛-ÌË·Û‰¸
‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛.
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ
à̉Ë͇ÚÓ˚ ÒÚÂÂÓÂÊËχ
ëÚ‡ÚÛÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ MP3-‰ËÒÍ
ᇄÓ‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ DSGX ON
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ (VCD 2.0)
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È ÙÓχÚ.
ì͇Á‡ÌË Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
ì͇Á‡ÌÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ
ÙÓÏ‡Ú - DOLBY
PROLOGIC II.
ì͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È
ÙÓχÚ
SONY TV DIRECT
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î‡ ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ‰Îfl DVD.
TV @ / 1
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ (ON) Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ (OFF) ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
@ / 1
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ (ON) Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ (OFF) DVD-ÂÒË‚Â.
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı
ÂÊËÏÓ‚: A.F.D, AUTO, PRO LOGIC, PLII
MOVIE Ë PLII MUSIC
MODE
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÂÊËÏÓ‚:
FLAT, ROCK, POP, JAZZ, CLASSIC Ë NEWS
FUNCTION
Ç˚·Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ
(FM, AM, VIDEO, TV ËÎË CD/DVD)
ZZ
éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ Ë Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
DSGX
ÇÍβ˜‡ÂÚ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ DSGX.
äÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË 0-9
Ç˚·Ó ÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ÏÂÌ˛.
>10/ TV ENTER
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ.
SLOW t/ TUNING-
èÓËÒÍ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇Á‡‰.
ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ.
SLOW T/TUNING+
èÓËÒÍ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ËÎË Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ÔÂ‰.
ÑÎfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì‡ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ÏÂÒÚÓ.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
H(PLAY)
燘Ë̇ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
X(PAUSE)
è‡ÛÁ‡ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ËÎË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl Á‡ÔËÒË.
x(STOP)
éÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
åÂÌ˛ DVD
Ç˚‚Ó‰ËÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ DVD-‰ËÒÍÂ.
ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ
éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÏÂʉÛ
‡Á‰ÂÎÓÏ Ë Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓÏ.
ê͇ۘ
(+/-)
ê„ÛÎËÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
CLEAR
쉇ÎflÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
ÏÂÌ˛.
ÇÓÁ‚‡Ú
ÇÓÁ‚‡˘‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
üÍÓÒÚ¸
àÁÏÂÌflÂÚ flÍÓÒÚ¸ ˝Í‡Ì‡.
TV/VIDEO
Ç˚·Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ Ò˄̇· ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ÇÇÖÑÖçàÖ
9
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
äÌÓÔ͇ Sleep
ìÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Ó ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÓÊˉ‡ÌËfl.
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ/Ú˛ÌÂ‡
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚ Ú˛ÌÂ ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ‚˚·Ó‡
ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl (ÂÊËÏ˚ ìäÇ)
äÌÓÔ͇ Muting
çÂωÎÂÌÌÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
åÂÌ˛ Ú˛ÌÂ‡
á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË ‚ Ú˛ÌÂ.
ç‡ÊËχÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ó˜ËÒÚËÚ¸
Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚ Òڇ̈ËË ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË Ú˛ÌÂ‡.
èÓ„‡Ïχ
Ç˚Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
ÚÂÏ·Ó‚ ËÎË Á‡Í˚‚‡ÂÚ Â„Ó.
èÓ‚ÚÓ
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·, ÚÂ͇, Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, ‚Ò„Ó.
êÂÊËÏ FM
èÂÂÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÏÂÊ‰Û ÂÊËχÏË åÓÌÓ Ë
ëÚÂÂÓ
äÌÓÔ͇ TV
ëÎÛÊËÚ ‰Îfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ Ò
ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÄìÑàé
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
(DVD) ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇· (ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍ).
êÄäìêë
Ç˚·Ó ‡ÍÛÒ‡ ͇ÏÂ˚ DVD, ÂÒÎË ˝Ú‡
ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇.
ëìÅíàíêõ
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚.
è‰˚‰Û˘ËÈ/á‡‡Ì Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚È
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â· ËÎË
ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ËÏ ‡Á‰ÂÎ‡Ï ËÎË
ÚÂ͇Ï. Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ í˛ÌÂ‡.
ëÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÈ/á‡‡Ì Á‡‰‡ÌÌ˚È
èÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ ËÎË
ÚÂÍÛ. Ç˚·Ó ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Ú˛ÌÂ‡
.
åÂÌ˛ ÇÂıÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË DVD
éÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ ‰ËÒ͇, ÂÒÎË
˝Ú‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇.
B/b/V/v(‚΂Ó/‚Ô‡‚Ó/‚‚Âı/‚ÌËÁ)
Ç˚·Ó ÓÔˆËÈ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛
ÇÓÈÚË
èÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌË ‚˚·Ó‡ ÏÂÌ˛
DVD ÑËÒÔÎÂÈ
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÏ˚ı DVD.
ìÓ‚Â̸ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ +/–
ê„ÛÎËÛÂÚ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
TV CH +/–
Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁËÓÌÌÓ„Ó Í‡Ì‡Î‡.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ DVD
èÓ͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ËÎË ÒÍ˚‚‡ÂÚ ÏÂÌ˛
̇ÒÚÓÈÍË DVD.
10
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌËfl Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË
ç ÔË͇҇ÈÚÂÒ¸ Í ‚ÌÛÚÂÌÌËÏ ÍÓÌÚ‡ÍÚ‡Ï ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚,
‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚ı ̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË. åÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÁÌËÍÌÛÚ¸
˝ÎÂÍÚÓÒÚ‡Ú˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‡Áfl‰, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚˚ÁÓ‚ÂÚ
ÒÂ¸ÂÁÌ˚ ÔÓ‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
òÌÛ ˝ÎÂÍÚÓÔËÚ‡ÌËfl
òÚÂÔÒÂθ̇fl ‚ËÎ͇ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl
Í ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
ê‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚)
òÂÒÚ¸ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚, ÒÓÒÚ‡‚Îfl˛˘Ëı ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ,
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌfl˛ÚÒfl Í ˝ÚËÏ ‡Á˙ÂχÏ.
‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÓÈ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ FM
ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ FM ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl Í ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ.
‡Á˙ÂÏ˚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÓÈ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ AM
ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚÒfl Í ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ.
Ö‚Ó AV Ç˚ıÓ‰ (‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡)
óÂÂÁ ˝ÚÓÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
ꇷӘËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ Ë Ì‡ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË.
ÑËÒڇ̈Ëfl: éÍÓÎÓ 6 Ï (20 ÙÛÚ‡) ÓÚ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË
ÚÂΉ‡Ú˜Ë͇
êÄäìêë: éÍÓÎÓ 30 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚ ‚ β·ÓÏ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË ÓÚ
ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÓÓÌ˚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ‰‡Ú˜Ë͇.
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈ ‚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ëÌËÏËÚ Í˚¯ÍÛ ·‡Ú‡ÂÈÌÓ„Ó ÓÚÒÂ͇
̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚË ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. and ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰‚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË
R6 (‡ÁÏÂ AAA), Òӷ≇fl
ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚ¸ Ë
àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl, ̇Ô‡‚¸ÚÂ Â„Ó Ì‡
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ̇ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚Â.
ç ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚÌÓ ÒÚ‡˚Â Ë ÌÓ‚˚ ·‡Ú‡ÂË
ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰ ΂˚È/Ô‡‚˚È)
èÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl Í ‡Û‰ËÓ - ‚ˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰Û ‚̯̄Ó
ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ (‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓ̇, LD-ÔÓË„˚‚‡ÚÂÎfl).
Ç˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îfl ÏÓÌËÚÓ‡ (ÇˉÂÓ)
óÂÂÁ ˝ÚÓÚ ‚˚ıÓ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
11
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ӉÌÓ ËÁ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ëı ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ,
Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚÂÈ ‚‡¯Â„Ó Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó
Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡ÌËfl, ÍÓÚÓÓ ‚˚ Á‡ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ¸
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓ, ÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÔÛÚÂÈ
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ӉÌÓ ËÁ
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÈ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌËÊÂ.
ëÏ. ‚ ÛÍÓ‚Ó‰ÒÚ‚‡ı Í ‚‡¯ËÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ,
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÛ ËÎË ‰Û„ËÏ ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡Ï Ó
ÒÔÓÒÓ·‡ı ÓÔÚËχθÌÓ„Ó ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl.
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ
ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ. è‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
AV-‚ıÓ‰ ̇ ‚‡¯ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ.
ç ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÈÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ˜ÂÂÁ
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌ. àÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ Ò DVD ·Û‰ÂÚ
ËÒ͇ʇڸÒfl ËÁ-Á‡ ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ Ò‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ Á‡˘ËÚ‡ ÓÚ
ÌÂÒ‡Ì͈ËÓÌËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË.
ÇˉÂÓÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÔË·„‡˛˘Â„ÓÒfl ‚ˉÂÓ͇·ÂÎfl (V)
ÒÓ‰ËÌfl˛ÚÒfl ‡Á˙ÂÏ MONITOR OUT (‚˚ıÓ‰ ‰Îfl
ÏÓÌËÚÓ‡) ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ë ‚ˉÂÓ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (SCART)
ëÓ‰ËÌËÚ EURO AV OUTPUT (ÖÇêé AV ÇõïéÑ ‰Îfl
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡) ̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ò ‡Á˙ÂÏÓÏ SCART IN ̇
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl scart (S).
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ,
ÔÂ‰ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂÏ Û·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ Ó·‡
ÛÒÚÓÈÒÚ‚‡ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ˚, Ú‡ÍÊ ‚˚‰ÂÌÛÚ˚ ‚ËÎÍË ËÁ
ÓÁÂÚÍË.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ
Rear of DVD Receiver
R
L
AUDIO INPUT VIDEO
INPUT
S-VIDEO
INPUT
Rear of TV
V
SCART INPUT
S
(not supplied) (not supplied)
ᇉÌflfl Ô‡ÌÂθ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
è‡ÌÂθ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
12
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‰Û„ÓÏÛ Ó·ÓÛ‰Ó‚‡Ì˲
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÇˉÂÓ (AUDIO ÄÛ‰ËÓ L/R ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È)
̇ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ Ë ‡Á˙ÂÏ ÄÛ‰ËÓ Ç˚ıÓ‰ (ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È) ̇
‚ˉÂÓχ„ÌËÚÓÙÓÌÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇·ÂÎfl.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‚ıÓ‰˚ ‰Îfl ˝ÚËı ‡Á˙ÂÏÓ‚.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl VIDEO.
(‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ)
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
13
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
FM antenna (supplied)
AM Loop antenna (supplied)
B
A
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Í ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ
èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ÔË·„‡˛˘ËÂÒfl ‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚ FM/AM ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ AM LOOP.
èÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ̇ 75 éÏ Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚.
äÓ„‰‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÚ¸ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ˜ÂÌ˚È ¯ÌÛ (Ç) Í ‡Á˙ÂÏÛ ·ÂÎ˚È ¯ÌÛ (Ä)
Í ‰Û„ËÏ ‡Á˙ÂχÏ.
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl
ÑÎfl Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ÔÓÏÂı, ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ ‡ÏÓ˜ÌÛ˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ AM ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡ Ë ‰Û„Ëı ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚.
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ ÔÓÎÌÓÒÚ¸˛ ‡Á‚ÂÌÛÚ‡.
èÓÒΠÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌ˚, ÔÓ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË Ó·ÂÒÔ˜¸Ú ÂÈ „ÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ
ÖÒÎË ÔËÂÏ FM-˜‡ÒÚÓÚ ÌÂÛ‰Ó‚ÎÂÚ‚ÓËÚÂÎÂÌ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÓ‡ÍÒˇθÌ˚È Í‡·Âθ ̇ 75 éÏ (Ì ‚ıÓ‰ËÚ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ) ‰Îfl
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Í Ì‡ÛÊÌÓÈ FM-‡ÌÚÂÌÌÂ, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ÌËÊÂ.
ÄÌÚÂÌ̇ FM (ÔË·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM
(ÔË·„‡ÂÚÒfl)
14
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
èÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒÔˆˇθÌ˚ı ÔË·„‡˛˘ËıÒfl ¯ÌÛÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ËÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ËÁ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ı Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÈ, ̇ÒÚÓÈÚ ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Á‚ÛÍ, ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ).
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl
ì·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Á̇ÍÓ‚ ÔÓÎflÌÓÒÚË + Ë - ̇ ¯ÌÛ‡ı ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ë Ì‡ ‡Á˙Âχı ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚: ÔÎ˛Ò Í ÔβÒÛ,
ÏËÌÛÒ Í ÏËÌÛÒÛ. ÖÒÎË ÔÂÂÔÛÚ‡Ú¸ ͇·ÂÎË, Á‚ÛÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ ËÒ͇ÊÂÌ, ‡ Â„Ó ·‡Á‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÌÂÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌÓÈ.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ò Ì‡ËÏÂ̸¯ÂÈ ËÁ χÍÒËχθÌÓÈ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓÈ ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸˛, ·Û‰¸ÚÂ
ÓÒÚÓÓÊÌ˚ Ò „ÛÎËÓ‚ÍÓÈ Á‚Û͇ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÁ·Âʇڸ ˜ÂÁÏÂÌÓÈ ÔÓ‰‡˜Ë ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚË Ì‡ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
ç ÒÌËχÈÚ ÔÂ‰ÌË ˜‡ÒÚË ÍÓÔÛÒ‡ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ.
èÓ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ‰Îfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸.
îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Ô‡‚˚È)
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Ô‡‚˚È)
뇷‚ÛÙÂ í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(΂˚È)
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(΂˚È)
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
15
èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì‡fl Äë
îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë (΂‡fl)
èËÏÂ ‡ÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
îÓÌڇθ̇fl Äë
(Ô‡‚‡fl)
뇷‚ÛÙÂ
ê‡ÒÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl 6 ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (2 ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡,
ˆÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ, 2 Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡ Ë Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ)
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ÓÚ΢ÌÓ ÌËÁÍÓ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÌÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌËÂ, ˆËÙÓ‚ÓÈ ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È Á‚ÛÍ DTS ËÎË Á‚ÛÍ
Dolby Digital surround, ÒΉÛÂÚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ.
îÓÌڇθÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ̇ ‡‚Ì˚ ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËfl ÓÚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. ì„ÓÎ ÓÚ ÏÂÒÚ‡ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‰Ó
β·Ó„Ó ËÁ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ÒÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ 45 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚.
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚
Ç Ë‰Â‡Î ‚˚ÒÓÚ‡ ˆÂÌÚ‡Î¸ÌÓ„Ó Ë ÙÓÌڇθÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÒÓ‚Ô‡‰‡Ú¸. çÓ Ó·˚˜ÌÓ ˆÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÒÔÓ·„‡˛Ú ̇‰ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ.
í˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚Ëڠ΂˚È Ë Ô‡‚˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔÓÁ‡‰Ë ӷ·ÒÚË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. чÌÌ˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‚ÓÒÒÓÁ‰‡˛Ú ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌË Á‚Û͇ Ë
‡ÚÏÓÒÙÂÛ, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÛ˛ ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ó·˙ÂÏÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÎÛ˜¯Â„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡, ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÈÚ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚Â
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ Ì ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‰‡ÎÂÍÓ ÓÚ Ó·Î‡ÒÚË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl, ÎÛ˜¯Â ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡Ú¸ Ëı ̇ ÛÓ‚ÌË Û¯ÂÈ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎÂÈ ËÎË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‚˚¯Â.
í‡ÍÊ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‰ÓÒÚ˘¸, ÂÒÎË Ì‡Ô‡‚ËÚ¸ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ̇ ÒÚÂÌ˚ ËÎË ÔÓÚÓÎÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰‡Î¸ÌÂÈ¯Â„Ó ‡ÒÒÂË‚‡ÌËfl Á‚Û͇.
ÖÒÎË ‡ÁÏÂ˚ ÍÓÏ̇Ú˚ Ì·Óθ¯ËÂ, ÏÂÒÚÓ ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl Û Á‡‰ÌÂÈ ÒÚÂÌ˚, ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ Ú˚ÎÓ‚˚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‰Û„ ̇ÔÓÚË‚ ‰Û„‡ Ë Ì‡ ÛÓ‚Â̸, Ô‚˚¯‡˛˘ËÈ ÛÓ‚Â̸ Û¯ÂÈ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎfl ̇ 60-90 ÒÏ.
• 뇷‚ÛÙÂ
Ö„Ó ÏÓÊÌÓ ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡Ú¸ ÔÂ‰ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂÎÂÏ ‚ β·ÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
èÓ‰ÒÚ‡‚ÍË ‰Îfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÏÓÊÌÓ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸.
èËÍÂÔÎÂÌË ÔӉͷ‰ÓÍ
ÑÎfl Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ‚Ë·‡ˆËË ËÎË ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl, ÔËÍÂÔËÚÂ
ÔË·„‡˛˘ËÂÒfl ÔӉͷ‰ÍË Í ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡Ï ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ Ì‡ ËÒ.
Foot pads
èӉͷ‰ÍË
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ (΂˚È)
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
(Ô‡‚˚È)
16
Ç˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚
ëΉÛÈÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÂÍÓÏẨ‡ˆËflÏ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ë
ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ ‡Á΢Ì˚ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚Â/‚ıÓ‰Ì˚ ͇̇Î˚
DVD/ÇˉÂÓ ÂÒË‚ÂÓ‚.
• CD/DVD
ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚ DVD:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SONY TV DIRECT ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl "CD/DVD"
í˛ÌÂ FM/AM
ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓÔÂ‰‡˜ ̇ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ FM/AM:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER/BAND (‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ Ú˛ÌÂ‡)
‰Îfl ÔÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÏÂÊ‰Û AM- Ë FM-‡‰Ëӂ¢‡ÌËÂÏ.
Ç˚·‡Ì̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
Ç‚Ó‰ ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó
ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇Î, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚È Í
‡Á˙ÂÏÛ AUDIO IN - á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ‚ıÓ‰ (ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È) ̇ ÇˉÂÓ:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl “VIDEO”. ÄÛ‰ËÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Ú¸ ÔÓ
‚̯ÌËÏ Í‡Ì‡Î‡Ï, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌflÂÏ˚Ï Í ‡Á˙ÂχÏ
AUDIO IN (á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ‚ıÓ‰‡) (ã‚˚È/è‡‚˚È) ̇
ÇˉÂÓ (̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË).
ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇Î,
ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚È Í Ö‚Ó AV Ç˚ıÓ‰Û (̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ):
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FUNCTION ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡. ç‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl "TV". ÄÛ‰ËÓ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓÒÚÛÔ‡Ú¸ ÔÓ
‚̯ÌËÏ Í‡Ì‡Î‡Ï, ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚Ï Í ÖÇêé AV
ÇõïéÑì (̇ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÂ) (̇ Á‡‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË).
SONY TV DIRECT
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ
Ú˛ÌÂ‡
FUNCTION
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
17
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ
åËÌË-ÒÔ‡‚Ó˜ÌËÍ ÔÓ ‡Û‰ËÓÔÓÚÓÍÓ‚ÓÏÛ
Ë ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓÏÛ ÂÊËχÏ.
DTS
èÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ 5.1 (ËÎË 6) ‰ËÒÍÂÚÌ˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚
‚˚ÒÓÍÓ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ò
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ DTS Ú‡ÍËı, Í‡Í ‰ËÒÍË, DVD Ë ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ
- ‰ËÒÍË. ëËÒÚÂχ DTS Digital Surround ÒÔÓÒӷ̇ ÔÂ‰‡‚‡Ú¸ ‰Ó 6
͇̇ÎÓ‚ ÔÓÁ‡˜ÌÓ„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ (˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ Á‚Û˜‡ÌË ˉÂÌÚ˘ÌÓ
ÔÂ‚ÓËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÛ) Ë ‰‡ÂÚ ‚ ÂÁÛθڇÚ ËÒÍβ˜ËÚÂθÌÛ˛ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚÛ
Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl ‚ β·ÓÏ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌËË Ô‰Â·ı 360 „‡‰ÛÒÓ‚. ëËÏ‚ÓÎ
DTS fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÚÓ„Ó‚ÓÈ Ï‡ÍÓÈ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË DTS Technology, LLC.
èÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌÓ ÔÓ ÎˈÂÌÁËË ÓÙˈˇθÌÓ Á‡„ËÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÈ
ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË DTS Technology, LLC.
DOLBY DIGITAL
îÓÏ‡Ú Dolby Digital surround Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ‰Ó 5.1 ͇̇ÎÓ‚
ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl ÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÓÏ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚ Dolby Digital. èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË
DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ÏÂÚÍÓÈ “ ” , ÏÓÊÌÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜ËÚ¸ ‰‡Ê ÎÛ˜¯ÂÂ
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl, ·Óθ¯Â ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ ‡Á¯ÂÌË Ë
ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌÌ˚È ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC
àÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔË ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÍËÌÓÙËθÏÓ‚ ËÎË
‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ Dolby Digital, ̇ ˜ÚÓ Û͇Á˚‚‡ÂÚ ÏÂÚ͇
. ùÚÓÚ ÂÊËÏ Ó·ÂÒÔ˜˂‡ÂÚ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡
ÍËÌÓÙËθχ ÍËÌÓÚ‡Ú ËÎË Ì‡ÒÚÓfl˘ÂÏ ÍÓ̈ÂÚÌÓÏ Á‡Î -
˝ÙÙÂÍÚ, ËÌÚÂÌÒË‚ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ DOLBY PRO LOGIC SURROUND. ùÙÙÂÍÚ
ÔÂÂÏ¢ÂÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó Ó·‡Á‡ ‚ÔÂ‰/̇Á‡‰/‚΂Ó/‚Ô‡‚Ó,
ÍÓÏ ˝ÚÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔËflÚË ÙËÍÒËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËfl ‚ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÏ
Ó·‡Á ̇ÏÌÓ„Ó ˜Ë˘Â Ë ·ÓΠ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÌÓ, ˜ÂÏ ‡Ì¸¯Â.
DOLBY PRO LOGIC II
êÂÊËÏ Dolby Pro Logic II ÒÓÁ‰‡ÂÚ ÔflÚ¸ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚
ÔÓÎÌÓ„Ó ÒÔÂÍÚ‡ ËÁ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌ˚ı ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚. ÑÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ˝ÚÓ
Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÛÒÓ‚Â¯ÂÌÒÚ‚Ó‚‡ÌÌÓ„Ó, Ò ‚˚ÒÓÍÓÈ ÒÚÂÔÂ̸˛ ˜ËÒÚÓÚ˚
χÚ˘ÌÓ„Ó ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‰ÂÍÓ‰Â‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ËÁ‚ÎÂ͇ÂÚ
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË ÓË„Ë̇θÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒË ·ÂÁ
‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ͇ÍËı-ÎË·Ó ÌÓ‚˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ ËÎË ÚÓ̇θÌÓÈ ÓÍ‡ÒÍË.
êÂÊËÏ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÙËθÏÓ‚ PLII (PLII MOVIE):
êÂÊËÏ Movie (äËÌÓ) ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ÔË ÔÂ‰‡˜Â ÒÚÂÂÓÒÍÓÔ˘ÂÒÍÓ„Ó
ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl Ë ‚ÒÂı ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ Ò ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Dolby Surround. Ç
˝ÚÓÏ ÂÊËÏ ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚÒfl ڇ͇fl ̇Ô‡‚ÎÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÔÓÎfl,
ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ‰ÓÒÚË„‡ÂÚ Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‰ËÒÍÂÚÌÓ„Ó 5.1 - ͇̇θÌÓ„Ó Á‚Û˜‡ÌËfl.
PLII MUSIC mode:
êÂÊËÏ Music (åÛÁ˚͇) ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚÒfl ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl β·˚ı
ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚ı ÒÚÂÂÓÁ‡ÔËÒÂÈ.
A.F.D. AUTO (ÅÂÁ Ó·‡·ÓÚÍË)
чÌÌ˚Â Ò ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌ˚ÏË ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚ÏË ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·ÏË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÓË„Ë̇θÌÓÈ Á‡ÔËÒ¸˛
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
îÛÌ͈Ëfl A.F.D. AUTO Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl
̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚.
á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ
Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ̇Ò·‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚Ï Á‚ÛÍÓÏ,
ÔÓÒÚÓ ‚˚·‡‚ Ó‰ËÌ ËÁ Á‡‡Ì Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı ÂÊËÏÓ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÓÈ,
ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚËÚ ÔÓÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸.
A) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ MODE
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË MODE, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚Â
ÂÊËÏ˚ ·Û‰ÛÚ ÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË:
FLAT ROCK POP JAZZ CLASSIC NEWS FLAT ...
ì͇Á‡ÌËfl
FLAT: ãËÌÂÈ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇.
ROCK: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÓÍ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË.
POP: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÔÓÔ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË.
JAZZ: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÔÓÔ-ÏÛÁ˚ÍË.
CLASSIC: ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÓÍÂÒÚÓ‚ÓÈ ÏÛÁ˚ÍË
NEWS: ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚËÍÛ ÚÂÎÂÌÓ‚ÓÒÚÂÈ.
B) ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË Ì‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUTO FORMAT DIRECT,
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ÂÊËÏ˚ ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË:
A.F.D. AUTO DOLBY PL PLII MOVIE PLII MUSIC
A.F.D. AUTO ...
(чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰‚Ûı͇̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏÂ)
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËfl
ç ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‰Îfl MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
êÂÊËÏ Sound (á‚ÛÍ) ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌ, ÂÒÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ̇ۯÌËÍË.
äÓ„‰‡ ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ DVD-‰ËÒÍ.
Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ ‰Îfl DVD (Dolby Digital,
DTS, PRO LOGIC, Ë Ú.‰.), ̇ʇ‚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ïÓÚfl ÒÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÏÂÌ˛ DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‡Á΢Ì˚, ‰‡Î ·Û‰ÛÚ Ô˂‰ÂÌ˚
ÓÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËfl Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓÈ ÙÛÌ͈ËË.
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË AUDIO, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ DVD-
‰ËÒ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ Ó˜Â‰ÌÓÒÚË:
→→
ç‡ Á‡ÏÂÚÍÛ
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ ÔÓÒΉÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
ÂÊËχ ‰Îfl Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ÔÓ ÓÚ‰ÂθÌÓÒÚË.
îÓÏ‡Ú ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ ÓÔ‰ÂÎËÚ¸ ÔÓ
ÓÚÏÂÚÍ‡Ï Ì‡ ÛÔ‡ÍÓ‚ÍÂ.
- ÑËÒÍË Ò ÒËÒÚÂÏÓÈ Dolby Digital ËÏÂ˛Ú ˝ÚËÍÂÚÍÛ
ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔÓÏ.
- èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚, Á‡ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ ËϲÚ
˝ÚËÍÂÚÍÛ ÒÓ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ ÎÓ„ÓÚËÔÓÏ.
-
ÑËÒÍË ‚ ÒËÒÚÂÏ DTS Digital Surround ÔÓϘÂÌ˚ ·ÛÍ‚‡ÏË
.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ Ì‰ÓÒÚÛÔÂÌ ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ Ò Ì‡Û¯ÌË͇ÏË.
18
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
é·˘‡fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl
Ç ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ËÌÒÚÛ͈ËË ‰‡˛ÚÒfl ÓÒÌÓ‚Ì˚ ÔË̈ËÔ˚ ‡·ÓÚ˚ Ò DVD-
ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ DVD-‰ËÒÍDVD-‰ËÒÍË ÚÂ·Û˛Ú
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ ËÎË Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡˛Ú ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚Â
ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â., ̇ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ, Û͇Á˚‚‡˛˘ËÈ Ì‡ ÚÓ, ˜ÚÓ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËfl
Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ ËÎË Ì ÔÓ‰‰ÂÊË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‰ËÒÍÓÏ.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ
ËÌÙÓχˆËË Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÓÊÌÓ ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Ó·˘Â ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl. Ç ÔÓfl‚Îfl˛˘ÂÏÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ÏÓÊÌÓ
ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË.
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ˝Í‡ÌÌ˚Ï ÏÂÌ˛
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD DISPLAY ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
2
ÑÎfl V/v‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
Ç˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ÔÛÌÍÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔӉ҂˜˂‡Ú¸Òfl.
3
ÑÎfl B/bËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
ÑÎfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÔÛÌÍÚÓ‚, ÏÓÊÌÓ Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (̇ÔËÏÂ, ÌÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇).
Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÙÛÌ͈Ëflı, ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ Ì‡Ê‡Ú¸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
ENTER ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ¸ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl.
ÇÂÏÂÌÌ˚ Á̇˜ÍË Ó·‡ÚÌÓÈ Ò‚flÁË
èÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·
èÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂ͇ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
MP3, ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC)
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚ÒÂı ÚÂÍÓ‚ (ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚, ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
MP3, ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ·ÂÁ ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ PBC)
èÓ‚ÚÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl
ÇÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò ˝ÚÓÈ ÚÓ˜ÍË
ÑÂÈÒÚ‚Ë Á‡Ô¢ÂÌÓ ËÎË Ì‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ‡ÎËÁÓ‚‡Ì˚ ‚ÒÂ
‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌÓÈ ËÌÙÓχˆËË
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ‡ÒÒÏÓÚÂÌÌ˚ ÌËÊÂ.
ÖÒÎË ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ì ̇ÊËχ˛ÚÒfl, ËÌÙÓχˆËfl
Ò ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÒ˜ÂÁ‡ÂÚ
.
RESUME
OFF
ALL
TRACK
CHAPT
TITLE
èÛÌÍÚ
çÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇
çÓÏÂ ‡Á‰Â·
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË
üÁ˚Í Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë ÂÊËÏ
ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡
üÁ˚Í ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚
ê‡ÍÛÒ
á‚ÛÍ
îÛÌ͈Ëfl (àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË)
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÌÛÊÌÓÏÛ ÌÓÏÂÛ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â· Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡
‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÌÛÊÌÓÏÛ ÌÓÏÂÛ ‡Á‰Â·.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÒÚÂÍ¯Â„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ÔflÏÓÈ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ Í ÚӘ͠ÔÓ ËÒÚÂͯÂÏÛ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl,
ÏÂÚÓ‰‡ ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl Ë ÌÓÏÂ‡ ͇̇·, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó flÁ˚͇ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚, Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡ÍÛÒ‡ Ë Ó·˘Â„Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡
‡ÍÛÒÓ‚, ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÌÓÏÂ‡ ‡ÍÛÒ‡.
éÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÂÊËχ, Ú‡ÍÊÂ
ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡
B
/
b
ÎË
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
B
/
b
,
.
/
>
ËÎË
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
B
/
b
ÎË
AUDIO
B
/
b
ÎË
SUBTITLE
B
/
b
ÎË
ANGLE
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
1 /3
1 /12
0:20:09
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
OFF
1 /1
AUTO
èÛÌÍÚ
çÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇
ÇÂÏfl
ÄÛ‰ËÓ͇̇Î
á‚ÛÍ
îÛÌ͈Ëfl (àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË)
çÓÏÂ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇ Ë Ó·˘Â ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ ÚÂÍÓ‚, ËÎË
ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ÂÊËχ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl PBC.
àÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
(ÅÂÁ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓÒÚË ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl).
ÄÛ‰ËÓÍ‡Ì‡Î Ë ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇·.
íÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ, Ë ËÁÏÂÌÂÌË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ.
åÂÚÓ‰ ‚˚·Ó‡
B
/
b
ÎË
ˆËÙ˚, ENTER
B
/
b
ÎË
AUDIO
AUTO FORMAT DIRECT
1 /3
AUTO
0:20:09
ST
VCD2.0 VCD1.1
DVD
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
19
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (èÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
燘‡Î¸Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ Ò‚ÓË ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ DVD.
鷢ˠÛ͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ì˲ ÏÂÌ˛
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
2
ÑÎfl V/v‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ ÓÔˆËË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚ı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ Ë ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË.
3
äÓ„‰‡ ÌÛÊÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ì, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
b, ̇ V/v‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÛÓ‚Â̸, ÔÓÒÎÂ
̇‰Ó ̇ʇڸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
4
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl
҉·ÌÌÓ„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡.
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÓÔˆËË ÚÂ·Û˛Ú ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı
‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ.
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË DVD SETUP, RETURN,
ËÎË
H(PLAY) ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
üÁ˚Í
üÁ˚Í ‰ËÒ͇
Ç˚·ÂËÚ flÁ˚Í ‰Îfl ÏÂÌ˛, Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl Ë
ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ ‰ËÒ͇.
ëíÄçÑÄêíçÄü: ÑÎfl ‰ËÒ͇ ‚˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ÓË„Ë̇θÌ˚È flÁ˚Í.
ÑêìÉàÖ
: óÚÓ·˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ flÁ˚Í, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
ˆËÙÓ‚˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl 4 - Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó ÍÓ‰‡ flÁ˚͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇
̇ ÒÚ‡Ìˈ 34. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ӯ˷ÎËÒ¸, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR.
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ‰ËÒ͇ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔÂÌ ‰Îfl
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
üÁ˚ÍÓ‚Ó ÏÂÌ˛
Ç˚·Ó flÁ˚͇ ÓÒÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ. ùÚÓ
ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÔË Ì‡Ê‡ÚËË ÍÌÓÔÍË DVD SETUP.
êÖÜàåõ íÇ
4:3 Letterbox: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 4:3. òËÓÍÓ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl Ò ÔÓÎÓÒ‡ÏË ‚ ‚ÂıÌÂÈ Ë ÌËÊÌÂÈ ˜‡ÒÚflı
˝Í‡Ì‡.
4:3 Panscan: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ Òڇ̉‡ÚÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 4:3. òËÓÍÓ˝Í‡ÌÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ̇ ‚ÂÒ¸ ˝Í‡Ì, ˜‡ÒÚË,
ÍÓÚÓ˚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰flÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì, Ó·ÂÁ‡˛ÚÒfl.
16:9 Wide: Ç˚·ÂËÚÂ, ÂÒÎË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ¯ËÓÍÓ˝Í‡ÌÌ˚È
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ 16:9.
DVD
DVD
4:3
4:3
16:9
Letterbox
Panscan
Wide
20
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
è‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍËı ÒËÒÚÂÏ ÙÓχڇ 5.1
Ç˚·Ó Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ
Ò·fl: ·‡Î‡ÌÒ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË Ë ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ, ËÎË ÚÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
Ô‡‡ÏÂÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
чÌÌ˚ ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‡ÍÚË‚Ì˚ ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ Ä̇ÎÓ„Ó‚ÓÏ
ÏÌÓ„Ó͇̇θÌÓÏ ‚˚ıÓ‰Â.
(ëÏ. “ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚”, 29 ÒÚ.)
ÑÛ„ËÂ
åÓÊÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÙÛÌ͈ËÈ DRC Ë PBC.
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ V/v̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó
ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ÔÓÒΠ‚˚·Ó‡ ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡ ·Û‰ÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌÂÌ˚ ÏÂʉÛ
On Ë Off.
DRC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÏ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌÓÏ)
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD
*1
-‰ËÒ͇ ·Î‡„Ó‰‡fl ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË
ˆËÙÓ‚Ó„Ó Á‚Û͇ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Û˛ ‰ÓÓÊÍÛ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ‚ ̇˷ÓΠÚÓ˜ÌÓÏ Ë ‡ÎËÒÚ˘ÌÓÏ
Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌËË. é‰Ì‡ÍÓ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ Òʇڸ ‰Ë̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ
‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ ‡Û‰ËÓ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ (ÚÓ ÂÒÚ¸ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ÓÚÌÓÒËÚÂθÌÓÂ
‡Á΢ˠÔÓ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ÏÂÊ‰Û Ò‡Ï˚ÏË „ÓÏÍËÏË Ë
Ò‡Ï˚ÏË ÚËıËÏË Á‚Û͇ÏË). ùÚÓ ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡Ú¸
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌË ÙËθχ ̇ χÎÓÈ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ·ÂÁ
ÔÓÚÂË flÒÌÓÒÚË Á‚Û͇. ÑÎfl ‚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ˝ÚÓ„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
Á‡‰‡ÈÚ ‰Îfl DRC ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍÛ ON.
*1: íÓθÍÓ Dolby Digital
ìÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ (PBC)
‚ÍÎ. :
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË Ò PBC.
‚˚ÍÎ.: ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË Ò PBC ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰flÚÒfl Ú‡ÍËÏ Ê ӷ‡ÁÓÏ,
Í‡Í ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍË.
DVD
DRC
PBC
S S
0.3 m
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
21
èÂ‰ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ
êÂÈÚËÌ„
îËθÏ˚ ̇ DVD-‰ËÒ͇ı ÏÓ„ÛÚ ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ÒˆÂÌ˚, ÍÓÚÓ˚ ÌÂ
ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰flÚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË. èÓ˝ÚÓÏÛ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ
ÒÓ‰Âʇڸ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl (Parental
Control), ÍÓÚÓ‡fl ÔËÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl ÍÓ ‚ÒÂÏÛ ‰ËÒÍÛ ËÎË Í
ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÒˆÂÌ‡Ï Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ. ùÚË ÒˆÂÌ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ÂÈÚËÌ„
ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8. ç‡ ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ‰ËÒ͇ı ‚ ͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Â ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚˚
‰ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚ ·ÓΠÔËÂÏÎÂÏ˚ ҈ÂÌ˚. êÂÈÚËÌ„Ë Á‡‚ËÒflÚ ÓÚ
ÒÚ‡Ì. îÛÌ͈Ëfl Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍÓ„Ó ÍÓÌÚÓÎfl ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ
Ô‰ÓÚ‚‡ÚËÚ¸ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË ËÎË ÓÔ‰ÂÎËÚ¸
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ÏË ÒˆÂ̇ÏË.
1
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ Rating ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ V/v
̇ÒÚÓÂÍ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ .
2
Ç˚·‡‚ ÔÛÌÍÚ Rating, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ b.
3
ÖÒÎË Ô‡Óθ Ì ·˚Î ‚‚‰ÂÌ.
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚‚‰ËÚ ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚È
˜ÂÚ˚ÂıÁ̇˜Ì˚È Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ENTER. 燷ÂËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Ë
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl.
èÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚˚ ÛÊ ‚‚ÂÎË Ô‡Óθ:
ǂ‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ˆËÙÓ‚˚ı
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‰Îfl Ò‚ÂÍË Ò 4-Á̇˜Ì˚Ï Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚Ï Ô‡ÓÎÂÏ,
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÒÓ‚Â¯ËÎË Ó¯Ë·ÍÛ ÔÂ‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ ENTER,
̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ CLEAR Ë ‚‚‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Á‡˘ËÚÌ˚È
Ô‡Óθ ¢ ‡Á.
4
Ç˚·ÂËÚ Á̇˜ÂÌË ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8 Ò V/v
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ . Ö‰ËÌˈ‡ (1) ËÏÂÂÚ ÏËÌËÏÛÏ
Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÈ Ì‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ. ÇÓÒÂϸ (8) ËÏÂÂÚ
χÍÒËχθÌ˚ ӄ‡Ì˘ÂÌËfl ̇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
·ÂÁ Ó„‡Ì˘ÂÌËÈ: ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚˚·ÂÂÚ ˝ÚÛ ÓÔˆË˛,
Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌ. ÑËÒÍ
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÔÓÎÌÓÏ Ó·˙ÂÏÂ.
êÂÈÚËÌ„ ÓÚ 1 ‰Ó 8: çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÒÓ‰ÂÊ‡Ú ÒˆÂÌ˚, ÌÂ
ÔË„Ó‰Ì˚ ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ‰ÂÚ¸ÏË. ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË
‰Îfl DVD ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÂÈÚËÌ„, ·Û‰ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl
‚Ò ҈ÂÌ˚ ‰ËÒ͇ Ò Ú‡ÍËÏ Ê ËÎË ÏÂ̸¯ËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ.
ëˆÂÌ˚ Ò ·ÓΠ‚˚ÒÓÍËÏ ÂÈÚËÌ„ÓÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl ÌÂ
·Û‰ÛÚ, ÂÒÎË ÚÓθÍÓ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂÚ ‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ı ÒˆÂÌ.
ÄθÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ҈ÂÌ˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ÂÈÚËÌ„ Ì ‚˚¯Â
ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó. ÖÒÎË Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ Ì‡È‰ÂÌ˚ ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÂ
‡Î¸ÚÂ̇ÚË‚Ì˚ ҈ÂÌ˚, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÒfl.
óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË Ú‡ÍÓÈ ‰ËÒÍ, ‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ‚‚ÂÒÚË 4-
Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ ÛÓ‚Â̸ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡.
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡,
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚
ǂ‰ËÚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, Òڇ̉‡Ú˚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÎËÒ¸
‚ ÂÈÚËÌ„Â DVD ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒ͇, ‚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚ËË ÒÓ ÒÔËÒÍÓÏ
ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì (ëÏ. “ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì”, 35 ÒÚ.)
1
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÓÔˆË˛ äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ
V/vÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
2
Ç˚·‡‚ ÍÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ b.
3
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ 3 ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠ"êÂÈÚËÌ„" Ò΂‡.
4
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÔÂ‚˚È ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/vÍÌÓÔÓÍ .
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, b˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Ì‡ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ
Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ‚ÚÓÓÈ ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/vÍÌÓÔÓÍ.
6
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ÔÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌËfl ‚‡¯Â„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡ ÍÓ‰‡
ÒÚ‡Ì˚, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.
á‡Ï˜‡ÌËÂ
èÓ‰Ú‚ÂʉÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Á‡˘ËÚÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl Ô‡ÓÎfl (ëÏ. àÁÏÂÌÂÌËÂ
4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl ÌËÊÂ).
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË 4-Á̇˜ÌÓ„Ó Ô‡ÓÎfl
1Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÔÛÌÍÚ˚ 1-2, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â Ò΂‡ ‚
‡Á‰ÂΠ(êÂÈÚËÌ„)
2ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÚ‡˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
3Ç˚·ÂËÚ àÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/vÍÌÓÔÓÍ , Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
4ǂ‰ËÚ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
5ǂ‰ËÚ ÚÓÚ Ê ҇Ï˚È Ô‡Óθ ‚Ó ‚ÚÓÓÈ ‡Á Ë
ÔÓ‰Ú‚Â‰ËÚ ‚‚Ó‰ ̇ʇÚËÂÏ ÍÌÓÔÍË ENTER.
6̇ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË ‚‡¯ 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ Á‡·˚ÎË Ò‚ÓÈ Ô‡Óθ, Û‰‡ÎËÚ ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ Ô‡Óθ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ, ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ı ÌËÊÂ.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
2ǂ‰ËÚ 6-Á̇˜ÌÓ ˜ËÒÎÓ “210499”.
4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ Û‰‡ÎËÚÒfl.
3ǂ‰ËÚ ÌÓ‚˚È Ô‡Óθ, Í‡Í ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â ‚ ‡Á‰ÂÎÂ
(êÂÈÚËÌ„) Ò΂‡.
DVD
DVD
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
U S
22
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD Ë Video CD
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ‚˚·ÂËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰‡,
ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl CD/DVD, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ
‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠÇ˚·Ó Ç˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı/ÇıÓ‰Ì˚ı ͇̇ÎÓ‚ ̇ ÒÚ. 16.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ZZ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚÍ˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl
‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
2
èÓÏÂÒÚËÚ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÎÓÚÓÍ ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‰Îfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ÌËÁ.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ‰‚ÛÒÚÓÓÌÌËÈ DVD-‰ËÒÍ, ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸
‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰Ëχfl ÒÚÓÓ̇ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl ÒÌËÁÛ.
3
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ZZ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Á‡Í˚Ú¸ ÎÓÚÓÍ.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇‰ÔËÒ¸ “˜ÚÂÌË”, Ë
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË. ÖÒÎË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË Ì ̇˜‡ÎÓÒ¸, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
H
(PLAY).
Ç ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÎÛ˜‡flı ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓfl‚ËÚ¸Òfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇.
èË ÔÓfl‚ÎÂÌËË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛
ë‡ÁÛ ÔÓÒΠÁ‡„ÛÁÍË DVD-‰ËÒ͇ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË B/b/V/v˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ/‡Á‰ÂÎ ‰Îfl
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl Á‡ÔÛÒ͇ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP ËÎË DVD MENU.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÚÂÍ ‰Îfl
ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡. ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÏÂÌ˛ Ë ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸ ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚ËÈ, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌflÂÏ˚ı
ÔË ‡·ÓÚÂ Ò ÏÂÌ˛, ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‡Á΢Ì˚ÏË ‚ Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ
‰ËÒ͇. Ç˚ÔÓÎÌflÈÚ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl Í‡Ê‰Ó„Ó ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛.
í‡ÍÊ ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC (Á̇˜ÂÌË OFF) ‚
ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
ÖÒÎË ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Ó‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ, Ë ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂ
Óڂ˜‡ÂÚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍ ÂÈÚËÌ„‡ (Ì ‡‚ÚÓËÁÓ‚‡Ì), ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
‚‚ÂÒÚË 4-Á̇˜Ì˚È Ô‡Óθ, Ë/ËÎË ‰ËÒÍ ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·˚Ú¸
‡‚ÚÓËÁÓ‚‡Ì (ÒÏ. «êÓ‰ËÚÂθÒÍËÈ ÍÓÌÚÓθ» ̇ ÒÚ. 21).
DVD-‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÏÂÚ¸ „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰.
LJ¯ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ì ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‰ËÒÍË,
„ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÓÚ΢‡ÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ÍÓ‰‡ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ËÏÂÂÚ „ËÓ̇θÌ˚È ÍÓ‰ 5.
ç ÓÒÚ‡‚ÎflÈÚ ̇ ˝‡Ì ‚ Ú˜ÂÌË ‰ÓÎ„Ó„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË
ÌÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË Ì Û͇Á‡ÌÓ ËÌÓÂ, ‚Ò ÓÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË ‚˚ÔÓÎÌfl˛ÚÒfl
Ò ÔÛθڇ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÙÛÌ͈ËË
Ú‡ÍÊ ÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‰ÓÒÚÛÔÌ˚ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË (Setup).
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚ ‰ËÒÍ, ÒËÒÚÂχ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Á‡ÔÓÏË̇ÂÚ ÔÓÁËˆË˛, ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚˚ ̇ʇÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x(STOP)
Ë Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl "RESUME x”. ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
H
(PLAY) Ë ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò ˝ÚÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‰ËÒ͇ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
H
(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚÓ„Ó, „‰Â ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ‰ËÒÍ, ÂÒË‚Â
ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì‡˜‡Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÌÂ Ò ÚÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË, ‚
ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ·˚ÎÓ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
èÓÁˈËfl, ‚ ÍÓÚÓÓÈ ‚˚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ,
Û‰‡ÎflÂÚÒfl ÍÓ„‰‡:
- ç‡Ê‡Ú‡ xÂÊËÏ STOP.
- éÚÍβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ
- éÚÍ˚‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÎÓÚÓÍ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇.
Ç˚·Ó Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ TITLE
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚, ‚˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚÂ
‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ˚È Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD DISPLAY. àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Á̇˜Í‡
Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ò ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ÂÈ ˆËÙÓÈ (0-9), ÔÓÒÎÂ
˝ÚÓ„Ó ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÓÏÂ‡ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD DISPLAY, Á‡ÚÂÏ B/bËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË
‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÓÏÂ‡ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
Ç˚·Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇
ÖÒÎË Á‡ÔËÒ¸ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ Ò·fl ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á‰ÂÎÓ‚/ÚÂÍÓ‚
(‰ÓÓÊÂÍ), ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„Ë ‡Á‰ÂÎ/ÚÂÍ, Í‡Í ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÓ ÌËÊÂ:
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Í‡ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍË PREV ËÎË NEXT ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇
ËÎË ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇.
Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ ·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PREV ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ/ÚÂÍÛ.
óÚÓ·˚ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÂÂÈÚË
ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ Í Í‡ÍÓÏÛ-ÎË·Ó ‡Á‰ÂÎÛ, ̇ÊÏËÚ DVD
DISPLAY. á‡ÚÂÏ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v‚˚·ÂËÚ Á̇˜ÓÍ
‡Á‰Â·/ÚÂ͇. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚‚‰ËÚ ÌÓÏÂ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇/ÚÂ͇,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍË B/b‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ‡Á‰Â·. èÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl Ó‰ÌÓÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ˜ËÒÂΠ̇ÊÏËÚ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚Â
ÍÌÓÔÍË (1-9) Ë ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ‰Ó Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËfl ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË.
ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚, ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË
(0-9) ‚ ·˚ÒÚÓÈ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË.
ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ),
‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20.
èÓËÒÍ
1
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË m ËÎË M.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ (SEARCH).
2
àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË m
ËÎË
M‚˚·ÂËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸:
X2 b, 1 m, 2 m, 3 m(Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ), ËÎË X2
B, 1 M, 2 M, 3 M(‚ÔÂ‰).
ÑÎfl Video CD ÒÍÓÓÒÚË ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ ËÁÏÂÌfl˛ÚÒfl
ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m(Ó·‡ÚÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ) ËÎË 1 M, 2 M, 3 M(‚ÔÂ‰).
3ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ÔÓËÒ͇ ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
H
(PLAY).
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
1Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ X‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ (Ô‡ÛÁ‡).
The DVD Receiver will go into PAUSE mode.
2
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
X(Ô‡ÛÁ‡) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
H
(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
1 /3
1 /12
VCD1.1
VCD2.0
DVD
1 /3
DVD
CD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
23
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ
1
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X(Ô‡ÛÁ‡).
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚ Ô‡ÛÁ‡.
2Ç ÂÊËÏ ԇÛÁ˚ tËÎË ṪÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SLOW.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl (SLOW).
3àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË SLOW tËÎË T‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛ ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸:
4 t, 3 t, 2 tËÎË 1 t(̇Á‡‰), ËÎË 4 T, 3 T,
2 Tor 1 T(‚ÔÂ‰).
4ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Ç ÒÎÛ˜‡Â Ò Video CD ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ Á‡Ï‰ÎÂÌÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ÔÂ‰.
èÓ‚ÚÓ
DVD-‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË - èÓ‚ÚÓ ‡Á‰Â·/Á‡ÔËÒË ÔÓ
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ/‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó/ÓÚÍÎ. ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂνÍ‡ÌÂ.
2óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ.
‡Á‰ÂÎ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ‡Á‰ÂÎ
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÓÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl Á‡ÔËÒ¸, ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘‡fl
ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÏÛ Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÛ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ÇˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍË - èÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂ͇/‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó/ ÓÚÍÎ.
èÓ‚ÚÓ‡
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂνÍ‡ÌÂ.
2óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ.
ÚÂÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÚÂÍ.
‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓfl˛ÚÒfl ‚Ò ÚÂÍË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
óÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ‰Îfl Video CD Ò
PBC, ‚‡Ï ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC (Á̇˜ÂÌË OFF) ‚
ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË. ëÏ. ÒÚ.20.
äÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ PREV ËÎË Ì‡
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ NEXT ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÂÊËχ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ ËÎË
ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ, ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ÓÚÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl
(ÚÓθÍÓ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇ Ë ÚÂ͇).
èÓËÒÍ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ Ì‡˜Ë̇ڸ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ Ò Î˛·ÓÈ Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓÈ ÔÓÁˈËË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
1Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD
DISPLAY. ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl
ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓ ÓÍÌÓ.
Ç ÔÓΠÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡Ú¸Òfl ËÒÚÂͯÂÂ
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‰ËÒ͇.
2Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v‚˚·ÂËÚÂ
‚ ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓÏ ÓÍÌ Á̇˜ÓÍ ÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
Ç ÔÓΠÔÓËÒ͇ ÔÓ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl “-:--:--”.
3Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË
‚‚‰ËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÓ ‚ÂÏfl ̇˜‡Î‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÇÂÏfl ‚ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ ÔÓΠ‚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl Ò΂‡ ̇Ô‡‚Ó ‚ ˜‡Ò‡ı,
ÏËÌÛÚ‡ı Ë ÒÂÍÛ̉‡ı.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ˆËÙ˚ ̇ÊÏËÚ CLEAR ‰Îfl
Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ‚‚‰ÂÌÌ˚ı ˆËÙ. á‡ÚÂÏ ‚‚‰ËÚ Ô‡‚ËθÌ˚ ˆËÙ˚.
4Ç Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉ ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ENTER.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‰ËÒ͇ ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÏÓÏÂÌÚ‡ ‚ÂÏÂÌË.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ‚‚‰ÂÚ ‚ÂÏfl ÌÂÔ‡‚ËθÌÓ, ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl Ò
ÚÂÍÛ˘ÂÈ ÔÓÁˈËË.
-:--:--
0:20:09
DVD
OFF
ALL
TRACK
OFF
TITLE
CHAPT
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
VCD1.1VCD2.0
DVD
24
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‰ËÒ͇ÏË DVD Ë Video CD (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
鷢ˠÙÛÌ͈ËË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
ëÔˆˇθÌ˚ ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË DVD-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èÓ‚Â͇ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ DVD: åÂÌ˛
DVD ‰ÂÎËÚÒfl ̇ ·Óθ¯Ó ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó ÒÂÍÚÓÓ‚, ËÁ
ÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÒÓÒÚÓËÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ËÎË ÏÛÁ˚͇θÌ˚È
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ. ùÚË ÒÂÍÚÓ‡ ̇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl “ÚËÚ‡ÏË.” èË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD, ÒÓ‰Âʇ˘Â„Ó ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÚËÚÓ‚,
‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏ˚È ÚËÚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
‚ÂıÌÂ„Ó ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD TOP MENU).
èË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË DVD, ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎfl˛˘Ëı ‚‡Ï ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸
Ú‡ÍË ԇ‡ÏÂÚ˚, Í‡Í flÁ˚Í ÓÁ‚ۘ˂‡ÌËfl, „ÛÎËÛÈÚÂ
˝ÚË Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD MENU).
1ç‡ÊÏËÚ ‚ÂıÌ ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD TOP MENU) ËÎË
ÏÂÌ˛ DVD (DVD MENU).
åÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ íÇ-˝Í‡ÌÂ.
ëÓ‰ÂʇÌË ÏÂÌ˛ ‚‡¸ËÛÂÚÒfl ÓÚ ‰ËÒ͇ Í ‰ËÒÍÛ.
2ç‡ÊÏËÚ B/b/V/vËÎË ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÓ„Ó ÔÛÌÍÚ‡, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË ËÎË ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸.
3ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ Ç‚Ó‰ (ENTER).
ê‡ÍÛÒ
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÒÓ‰ÂʇÚÒfl ÒˆÂÌ˚, Á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ ÔÓ‰
‡Á΢Ì˚ÏË Û„Î‡ÏË Ò˙ÂÏÍË (Ó·ÁÓ‡), ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚÂ
ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ Û„ÓÎ Ò˙ÂÏÍË (‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„Ó ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ
͇ÏÂ˚) ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‡ÍÛÒ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È Û„ÓÎ Ò˙ÂÏÍË.
á̇˜ÂÌË ‰ÂÈÒÚ‚Û˛˘Â„Ó Û„Î‡ Ò˙ÂÏÍË ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÓ·‡ÊÂÌÓ Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÂ.
àÁÏÂÌÂÌË flÁ˚͇ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ AUDIO ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡Á΢Ì˚ı flÁ˚ÍÓ‚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓÚÂÍÓ‚.
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇·
óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î (ÒÚÂÂÓ, ΂˚È
ËÎË Ô‡‚˚È), ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO.
CÛ·ÚËÚ˚
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÒÛ·ÚËÚ˚
‰Îfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ÒÛ·ÚËÚÓ‚ ̇ ‡Á΢Ì˚ı flÁ˚͇ı.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË ÔÓfl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒËÏ‚ÓÎ , ˝ÚÓ ÓÁ̇˜‡ÂÚ, ˜ÚÓ ‰‡Ì̇fl
˜ÂÚ‡ fl‚ÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÔˆˇθÌÓÈ.
1 ENG
DVD
RIGHT
LEFT
ST
VCD1.1VCD2.0
1 ENG
D
5.1 CH
DVD
1 /1
DVD
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
25
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-
‰ËÒÍÓ‚
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ Á‡ÔËÒË ‚ ÙÓχÚÂ
MP3 ̇ ‰ËÒ͇ı CD-ROM, CD-R Ë CD-RW.
èÂ‰ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ MP3-Á‡ÔËÒÂÈ ÔÓ˜ÚËÚÂ
ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl ‰Îfl MP3-Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ÒÔ‡‚‡.
1
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡‰‚Ë̸Ú ÎÓÚÓÍ.
ÄÛ‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ: ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛
‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ ÔÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 4.
ÑËÒÍ MP3: ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛
‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG. èÂÂıÓ‰ËÚÂ Í ¯‡„Û 2.
2
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ÓÔˆË˛
MP3, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ MP3-‰ËÒ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡
MP3/JPEG.
3
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ô‡ÔÍË, Ë
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ Ô‡ÔÍÂ.
ÖÒÎË ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÚ ‰Û„Û˛ Ô‡ÔÍÛ, ÔÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ¯‡„ 3 ¢ ‡Á.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ هÈÎÓ‚ Ë ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl
‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ô‡ÔÓÍ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v‰Îfl ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌËfl
(Ô‡ÔÍË) Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛.
4
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË V/v‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÂ͇, Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ H(ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ).ËÎË ENTER.
燘ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ.
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ Ë ÏÂÌ˛
ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ËÒÚÂͯ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÓÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ÍÓ̈ ‰ËÒ͇.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
åÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ x(STOP) ‰Îfl ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ MP3-هȷÏ
é ÙÓχÚ MP3
MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ Ô‰ÒÚ‡‚ÎflÂÚ ÒÓ·ÓÈ Ù‡ÈÎ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı,
ÒʇÚ˚ı Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ ÚÂıÌÓÎÓ„ËË ÍÓ‰ËÓ‚‡ÌËfl
Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ (MPEG1 audio layer-3). î‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËÂÏ
“.mp3” ̇Á˚‚‡˛Ú “MP3-هȷÏË”.
êÂÒË‚Â Ì ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ‡ÒÔÓÁ̇ڸ MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ, ÌÂ
Ëϲ˘ËÈ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl “.mp3”.
ëÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓÒÚ¸ MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ‰‡ÌÌ˚Ï DVD-
ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ Ó„‡Ì˘Â̇ Ë ÓÔ‰ÂÎflÂÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ:
ó‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ ‚˚·ÓÍË: ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ 44.1 ÍɈ
ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë ‰‡ÌÌ˚ı: ‚ Ô‰Â·ı ÓÚ 32 - 320
ÍËÎÓ·ËÚ ‚ ÒÂÍÛ̉Û
îËÁ˘ÂÒÍËÏ ÙÓχÚÓÏ CD-R ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·˚Ú¸ “ISO 9660”
ÖÒÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ MP3 Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÎËÒ¸ Ò ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ
ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó Ó·ÂÒÔ˜ÂÌËfl, Ì ÒÓÁ‰‡˛˘Â„Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚Û˛
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ MP3 Ì ÒÏÓ„ÛÚ ·˚Ú¸ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌ˚.
ç‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò Ó‰ÌÓÈ ÒÂÒÒËÂÈ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ MP3-
Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ·˚ÎË Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ì˚ ̇ ÔÂ‚ÓÏ ÚÂÍÂ. Ç ÔÓÚË‚ÌÓÏ
ÒÎÛ˜‡Â MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ì ·Û‰ÛÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl. ÖÒÎË ‚˚
Á‡ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚ÂÒÚË MP3-Ù‡ÈÎ˚, ÓÚÙÓχÚËÛÈÚÂ
‚Ò ‰‡ÌÌ˚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÌÓ‚˚È.
ç‡Á‚‡ÌËfl Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÒÓÒÚÓflÚ¸ ËÁ 8 ËÎË ÏÂÌÂÂ
ÒËÏ‚ÓÎÓ‚ Ë ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ËÏÂÚ¸ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌË “mp3”,
̇ÔËÏÂ “********.mp3”.
ç ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Á̇ÍÓ‚ “/ : * ? “ < > ”.
鷢 ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍ ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ ·˚Ú¸
ÏÂ̸¯Â ˜ÂÏ 650.
ÑÎfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl ÓÔÚËχθÌÓ„Ó Í‡˜ÂÒÚ‚‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
̇ ‰‡ÌÌÓÏ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ËÒÍË Ë
Á‡ÔËÒË Óڂ˜‡ÎË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚Ï ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍËÏ Òڇ̉‡Ú‡Ï.
á‡ÔËÒ‡ÌÌ˚ DVD-‰ËÒÍË ÛÊ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛Ú ˝ÚËÏË
Òڇ̉‡Ú‡Ï. ëÛ˘ÂÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ÏÌÓÊÂÒÚ‚Ó ‡Á΢Ì˚ı
ÙÓχÚÓ‚ Á‡ÔËÒ˚‚‡ÂÏ˚ı ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ (‚Íβ˜‡fl CD-R Ò MP3-
هȷÏË), Ë ‰Îfl „‡‡ÌÚËË ÒÓ‚ÏÂÒÚËÏÓÒÚË ÔË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚˚ÔÓÎÌÂÌË ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚ı
Ô‰‚‡ËÚÂθÌ˚ı ÛÒÎÓ‚ËÈ (ÒÏ. ‚˚¯Â).
èÓÚ·ËÚÂÎË ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ÔÓÏÌËÚ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‰Îfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌËfl
(Ò͇˜Ë‚‡ÌËfl) Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ë ÏÛÁ˚ÍË ‚ ÙÓχÚ MP3 ˜ÂÂÁ
àÌÚÂÌÂÚ Ú·ÛÂÚÒfl ‡Á¯ÂÌËÂ. 燯‡ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËfl ÌÂ
ӷ·‰‡ÂÚ Ô‡‚‡ÏË Ì‡ ‚˚‰‡˜Û Ú‡ÍÓ„Ó ‡Á¯ÂÌËfl.
ê‡Á¯ÂÌË ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌÓ ÚÓθÍÓ Û ‚·‰Âθˆ‡
‡‚ÚÓÒÍÓ„Ó Ô‡‚‡.
MP3CD
CD
ST AUTO
0: 56: 18
TRACK01
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
TRACK08
TRACK 1.mp3
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 5.mp3
TRACK 6.mp3
TRACK 7.mp3
TRACK 8.mp3
MP3
Çõäã.00:00
1
26
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë MP3-‰ËÒ͇ÏË (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
è‡ÛÁ‡
1
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ X(Ô‡ÛÁ‡).
2
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ̇ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
X(Ô‡ÛÁ‡) ËÎË ÍÌÓÔÍÛ H(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
Ç˚·Ó ÚÂ͇
ÖÒÎË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ÚÂÍÓ‚, ‚˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Ì‡
‰Û„ÓÈ ÚÂÍ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ:
Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Í‡ÚÍÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇ .ËÎË >
‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ì‡˜‡ÎÛ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇.
Ñ‚‡Ê‰˚ .·˚ÒÚÓ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ.
Ç ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ı, ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÓÔ‰ÂÎÂÌÌ˚È ÚÂÍ
‚‚‰ËÚ ÌÓÏÂ ÚÂ͇, ËÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9),
‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl Ó‰ÌÓÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ˜ËÒÂΠ̇ÊÏËÚ ÔÓÌÛÏÂÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚Â
ÍÌÓÔÍË (1-9) Ë ÔÓ‰ÓʉËÚ ‰Ó Á‡‚Â¯ÂÌËfl ÓÔÂ‡ˆËË.
ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜Ì˚ı ÌÓÏÂÓ‚, ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò
ˆËÙ‡ÏË (0-9) ·˚ÒÚÓÈ ÔÓÒΉӂ‡ÚÂθÌÓÒÚË.
èÓËÒÍ
1Ç ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË
mËÎË M.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÔÓËÒ͇ (SEARCH).
2àÒÔÓθÁÛfl ÍÌÓÔÍË mËÎË M‚˚·ÂËÚ Ú·ÛÂÏÛ˛
ÒÍÓÓÒÚ¸: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m(Ó·‡ÚÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂ),
ËÎË 1 M, 2 M, 3 M(‚ÔÂ‰).
ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ Ë Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌË ÔÓËÒ͇ Û͇Á˚‚‡˛ÚÒfl ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÏÂÌ˛.
3
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ H(PLAY).
èÓ‚ÚÓ
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
àÍÓÌ͇ Repeat ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇ ÚÂνÍ‡ÌÂ.
2óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ Ê·ÂÏ˚È ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ.
ÚÂÍ/‰ÓÓÊ͇: ÔÓ‚ÚÓflÂÚÒfl ÚÂÍÛ˘ËÈ ÚÂÍ.
‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓfl˛ÚÒfl ‚Ò ÚÂÍË Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍÂ.
‚˚ÍÎ.: ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌË ÔÓ‚ÚÓÌÓ„Ó ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ÊÏÂÚ ‰‚‡Ê‰˚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÂÊËχ èÓ‚ÚÓ‡
‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ .ÚÂÍÛ ËÎË >
ÔÓÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ÚÂÍÛ, ÂÊËÏ ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚÒfl (íÂÍ ÔÓÒÚÓ
·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÚÓÂÌ).
ëÏÂ̇ ‡Û‰ËÓ͇̇·
óÚÓ·˚ ‚˚·‡Ú¸ ‰Û„ÓÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ Í‡Ì‡Î (ÒÚÂÂÓ, ΂˚È
ËÎË Ô‡‚˚È), ̇ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ÍÌÓÔÍÛ AUDIO.
CD
OFF
ALL
TRACK
MP3CD
MP3CD
MP3CD
MP3CD
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
27
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË JPEG
èÓÒÏÓÚ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚ¸ ‰ËÒÍË Ò
هȷÏË JPEG. èÂ‰ ÚÂÏ Í‡Í Ì‡˜Ë̇ڸ ‡·ÓÚÛ Ò Ù‡È·ÏË
JPEG, ÔÓ˜ÚËÚ ÔËϘ‡ÌËfl ‚ ‡Á‰ÂΠJPEG-Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ÒÔ‡‚‡.
1
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG.
2
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/vÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
JPEG Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ç‡ ÚÂνÍ‡Ì ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG.
3
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ Ô‡ÔÍË,
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
éÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÒÔËÒÓÍ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ô‡ÔÍË.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ‚˚·Ó‡ MP3/JPEG.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ هÈÎÓ‚ Ë ıÓÚËÚ ‚ÂÌÛÚ¸Òfl ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ
Ô‡ÔÓÍ, ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/v ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl (Ô‡ÔÍË)
Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚÂ
ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡˘ÂÌËfl Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ˝Í‡ÌÛ ÏÂÌ˛.
4
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/vÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ هȷ, Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER ËÎË H(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
á‡ÔÛÒÚËÚÒfl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚.
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚, ̇ÊÏËÚ RETURN ‰Îfl
ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÏÂÌ˛ (ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG).
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ̇ Ô‰˚‰Û˘Û˛ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÛ
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
î‡ÈÎ JPEG, Ì Ëϲ˘ËÈ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ÒÓÔÓ‚ÓʉÂÌËfl, ÔÓÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ëÍÓÓÒÚ¸ ÔÓ͇Á‡ Ò·ȉ‡ ÏÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸: Å˚ÒÚ‡fl, ëڇ̉‡Ú̇fl,
å‰ÎÂÌ̇fl, Ç˚ÍÎ. ÑÎfl B/b‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌËfl ÒÍÓÓÒÚË ÔÓ͇Á‡ Ò·ȉӂ
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË , Á‡ÚÂÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl V/v‚˚·Ó‡
ÓÔˆËË, ÍÓÚÓÛ˛ ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚ ÔËÏÂÌËÚ¸, Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
5
ç‡ÊÏËÚ x(ëÚÓÔ) ‰Îfl ÔÂÍ‡˘ÂÌËfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡.
éÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ JPEG.
Ç˚·Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍË
.‰Îfl >ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÔÂÂÈÚË Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÏÛ ËÎË
Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ Ù‡È·Ï.
çÂÔÓ‰‚ËÊÌÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
1ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ X(è‡ÛÁ‡) ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ÂÊËÏ Ô‡ÛÁ˚.
2ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁÓ·ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌËfl ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡ Ò·ȉӂ ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
H (PLAY) ËÎË X(PAUSE) ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
èÓ‚ÓÓÚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
ç‡ÊÏËÚ V/vÍÌÓÔÍË ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ͇Á‡ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ ‰Îfl
ÔÓ‚ÓÓÚ‡ ÔÓ „ÓËÁÓÌÚ‡ÎË ËÎË ‚ÂÚË͇ÎË.
Ç‡˘ÂÌË ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl
ÑÎfl B/b‚‡˘ÂÌËfl ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ÔÓ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍ ËÎË
ÔÓÚË‚ ˜‡ÒÓ‚ÓÈ ÒÚÂÎÍË ‚ ÔÓˆÂÒÒ ÔÓÒÏÓÚ‡
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËfl ̇ÊËχÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
èËϘ‡ÌËfl ÔÓ Ù‡ÈÎ‡Ï JPEG
éÚ ‡ÁÏÂ‡ Ë ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚‡ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ‚ÂÏfl,
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ ‰Îfl ÔÓ˜ÚÂÌËfl
ÒÓ‰ÂÊËÏÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇. ÖÒÎË ÔÓ ËÒÚ˜ÂÌË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı
ÏËÌÛÚ Ì‡ ˝Í‡Ì Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÌÙÓχˆËÓÌÌÓ ÓÍÌÓ,
ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ هÈÎ˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ·Óθ¯Ë ÔÓ Ó·˙ÂÏÛ -
ÔÓÔÓ·ÛÈÚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÚ¸ ‡Á¯ÂÌË JPEG ‰Ó 2
Ï„‡ÔËÍÒÂÎÂÈ Ë Á‡ÔËÒ‡Ú¸ Ëı ̇ ‰Û„ÓÈ ‰ËÒÍ.
鷢 ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ Ë Ô‡ÔÓÍ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÍ Ì ‰ÓÎÊÌÓ
Ô‚˚¯‡Ú¸ 650.
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ‰ËÒÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ Ì ˜ËÚ‡Ú¸Òfl ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ
‚ÒΉÒÚ‚Ë ‰Û„Ó„Ó ÙÓχڇ Á‡ÔËÒË ËÎË ËÁ-Á‡
ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËfl ‰ËÒ͇.
èË ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌËË ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ‰Îfl Á‡ÔËÒË Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ JPEG
̇ ‰ËÒÍ CD-R ÔÂ‰ ÍÓÔËÓ‚‡ÌËÂÏ Ù‡ÈÎÓ‚ ‚ ÔÓÂÍÚ
‰ËÒ͇ ۷‰ËÚÂÒ¸, ˜ÚÓ ‚Ò ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚ هÈÎ˚ ËϲÚ
‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpg".
ÖÒÎË Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ËÏÂ˛Ú ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpe" ËÎË ".jpeg",
ÔÂÂËÏÂÌÛÈÚ Ëı ‚ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ò ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËflÏË".jpg".
чÌÌ˚È DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ì ÒÔÓÒÓ·ÂÌ Ò˜ËÚ˚‚‡Ú¸ Ù‡ÈÎ˚ Ò
ËÏÂ̇ÏË ·ÂÁ ‡Ò¯ËÂÌËfl ".jpg", ‰‡Ê ÂÒÎË ˝ÚË Ù‡ÈÎ˚
ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡˛ÚÒfl ‚ Windows Explorer(r) (ÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÂ) ͇Í
Ù‡ÈÎ˚ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÈ JPEG.
JPEG
5/32 1024X768
Picture1.jpg
Picture2.jpg
Picture3.jpg
Picture4.jpg
Picture5.jpg
Picture6.jpg
Picture7.jpg
JPEG Folder1
CãAâÑôOì
OTMEHA
5/32 Picture5.jpg1024X768
Folder1
Folder2
Folder3
Folder4
Folder5
Folder6
Folder7
Folder8
JPEG
CãAâÑôOì
OTMEHA
MP3
JPEG
28
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË MP3
VCD1.1VCD2.0
CD
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ Ë
MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌËfl (Program) ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÓı‡ÌflÚ¸
ËÁ·‡ÌÌ˚ ‚‡ÏË ÚÂÍË Í‡ÍÓ„Ó-ÎË·Ó ‰ËÒ͇ Ô‡ÏflÚË DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
åÓÊÂÚ ·˚Ú¸ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÓ ‰Ó 30 ÚÂÍÓ‚.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÈÚË ‚ ÂÊËÏ
‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ (Program Edit).
ëÔ‡‚‡ ÓÚ ÒÎÓ‚‡ Program ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ ‚ Ô‡‚ÓÈ
˜‡ÒÚË ˝Í‡Ì‡ ÏÂÌ˛.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ
‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚; Á̇˜ÓÍ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ.
2
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÚÂÍ, Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ‰Îfl ‡ÁÏ¢ÂÌËfl
‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ͇ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (Program List).
3
èÓ‚ÚÓËÚ 2 ˝Ú‡Ô ‰Îfl ‡ÁÏ¢ÂÌËfl ‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ı
ÚÂÍÓ‚ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ (Program List).
åÂÌ˛ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒ͇ åÂÌ˛ MP3-‰ËÒ͇
4
ç‡ÊÏËÚ b.
èÓÒΉÌËÈ ‚˚·‡ÌÌ˚È ÚÂÍ ËÁ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı
·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚‰ÂÎÂÌ ‚ ÒÔËÒÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
5
ÑÎfl V/v‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ͇
ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍË .
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD TOP MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘ÂÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÂ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD MENU ‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÈ ÒÚ‡ÌˈÂ.
6
ç‡ÊÏËÚ H(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ) ËÎË
ENTER ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇˜ÌÂÚÒfl ‚ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌÓÏ
ÔÓfl‰ÍÂ Ë Ì‡ ˝Í‡ÌÌÓÏ ÏÂÌ˛ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PGM".
ÇÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ÔÂÍ‡˘‡ÂÚÒfl, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚Ò ‰Ó·‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚Â
ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ ÚÂÍË ·Û‰ÛÚ ÔÓË„‡Ì˚.
7
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ÚÂÍ Ì‡ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÂ
(ËÎË MP3-‰ËÒÍÂ) Ë Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER ËÎË
H(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ).
ëÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PGM" ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ç‡ ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÂ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC (ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËÂÏ),
‚˚ ‰ÓÎÊÌ˚ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÓÚÍβ˜ËÚ¸ PBC ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó,
˜ÚÓ·˚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÙÛÌÍˆË˛ Program. ëÏ. ÒÚ. 20.
1
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ Ë Á‡ÍÓÈÚ ÎÓÚÓÍ.
2
ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ VCD Program.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ RETURN, PROGRAM ËÎË H(ÇéëèêéàáÇÖÑÖçàÖ)
‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ Program.
3
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÓ 2 ÔÓ 6 ˝Ú‡Ô˚ ‡Á‰Â· “èÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ë MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚”.
ç‡ ÚÂνÍ‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "PROGRAM".
4
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ ËÁ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ ÌÓχθÌÓ„Ó
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ̇ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM.
ëÓÓ·˘ÂÌË " PROGRAM " ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ÚÂνÍ‡Ì‡.
èÓ‚ÚÓ Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÚÂÍÓ‚.
1ç‡ÊÏËÚ REPEAT ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Á‡ÔÓ„‡ÏÏËÓ‚‡ÌÌ˚ı ÚÂÍÓ‚.
ç‡ ÚÂνÍ‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ËÍÓÌ͇ Repeat.
2Press REPEAT to select a desired repeat mode.
ÚÂÍ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ÚÂ͇.
‚ÒÂ: ÔÓ‚ÚÓ ‚ÒÂı ÚÂÍÓ‚ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
‚˚ÍÎ.: (Ì ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl) ÓÚÍÎ. ÔÓ‚ÚÓ‡.
쉇ÎÂÌË ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚
1ç‡ÊÏËÚ PROGRAM ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
(ÚÓθÍÓ ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ËÎË ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ MP3) ËÎË ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚÂ
ÂÊËÏ ‰‡ÍÚËÓ‚‡ÌËfl ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl Á̇˜ÓÍ
2ç‡ÊÏËÚ b‰Îfl ÔÂÂıÓ‰‡ ‚ ÒÔËÒÓÍ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
3àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/vÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÚÂ͇, ÍÓÚÓ˚È
·˚ ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË Û‰‡ÎËÚ¸ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
4ç‡ÊÏËÚ CLEAR.
íÂÍ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂÌ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
쉇ÎÂÌË ‚ÒÂ„Ó ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚.
1
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ 1 Ë 2 ‡Á‰ÂΠ"쉇ÎÂÌË ÚÂ͇ ËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇ ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚".
2àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ V/vÍÌÓÔÍË ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ "쉇ÎËÚ¸ ‚ÒÂ",
Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
ÇÒfl ÔÓ„‡Ïχ ‰Îfl ‰ËÒ͇ ·Û‰ÂÚ Û‰‡ÎÂ̇.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ËÁ Ô‡ÏflÚË ÔË ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËË ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÔË Û‰‡ÎÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇.
èÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ Û‰‡Îfl˛ÚÒfl ÔË ‚˚·Ó ‰Û„Ëı ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌ˚ı
ÂÊËÏÓ‚ (̇ÔËÏÂ, VIDEO, FM, AM).
OFF
ALL
TRACK
TRACK 1
TRACK 2
TRACK 3
TRACK 4
TRACK 5
TRACK 6
TRACK 7
TRACK 8
VCD
TRACK 1.mp3
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 8.mp3
TRACK 2.mp3
TRACK 4.mp3
TRACK 3.mp3
TRACK 5.mp3
TRACK 6.mp3
TRACK 7.mp3
TRACK 8.mp3
MP3
Çõäã.00:00
3
CD
ST AUTO
0: 56: 18
TRACK01
TRACK02
TRACK03
TRACK04
TRACK05
TRACK06
TRACK07
TRACK08
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
29
ç‡ÒÚÓÈ͇ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ Ò‚ÓË ÔÂÒÓ̇θÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓÏ ÂÊËÏ DVD.
Ç˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË ‚ÒÚÓÂÌÌÓ„Ó
ÔÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó 5.1 ͇̇θÌÓ„Ó ‰ÂÍÓ‰Â‡.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DVD SETUP.
èÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
2
Ç˚·ÂËÚ “5.1 Speaker Setup” Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ‚ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
3
äÓ„‰‡ ·Û‰ÂÚ ‚˚·‡Ì ÔÛÌÍÚ "5.1 Speaker Setup",
ḃÊÏËÚ .
4
ç‡ÊÏËÚ b‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ‡
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
5
ç‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÏÓÊÌÓ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ V/v/B/b
ÍÌÓÔÓÍ .
Ç˚·Ó ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË
ÍÓÚÓÓ„Ó ‚˚ ıÓÚÂÎË ·˚ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸ (îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
(΂˚È), îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (Ô‡‚˚È), ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ, í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ (΂˚È), í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ
(Ô‡‚˚È) ËÎË ë‡·‚ÛÙÂ).
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
çÂÍÓÚÓ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Á‡Ô¢ÂÌ˚
ÎˈÂÌÁËÓÌÌ˚Ï Òӄ·¯ÂÌËÂÏ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË Dolby Digital.
ÉÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸
ç‡ÊÏËÚ B/ b‰Îfl ÍÓÂÍÚËÓ‚ÍË ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó ÛÓ‚Ìfl
„ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ‚˚·‡ÌÌÓÈ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚. (-6 ‰Å ~ 6 ‰Å).
ê‡ÁÏÂ
чÌÌ˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË Ì ÍÓÂÍÚËÛ˛ÚÒfl, ÔÓÒÍÓθÍÛ
‡ÁÏÂ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚÒfl.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ‰Îfl Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ‡ “·Óθ¯ÓÈ”, ‡ ‰Îfl ‰Û„Ëı
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÁÏÂ˚ “χÎÂ̸ÍË”.
ê‡ÒÒÚÓflÌËÂ
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ
ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Í DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÛ, Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË
ÓÔ‰ÂÎflÂÚÒfl ÔÛÚ¸, ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‰ÓÎÊÂÌ ·Û‰ÂÚ ÔÂÓ‰ÓÎÂÚ¸
Á‚ÛÍ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ‰ÓÒÚ˘¸ ÔÓÁˈËË ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl. ùÚÓ
ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÒÎÛ¯‡ÚÂβ ÔÓÎÛ˜‡Ú¸ Á‚ÛÍ ÒÓ ‚ÒÂı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ Ó‰ÌÓ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ê‡ÒÒÚÓflÌË ‰Ó Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ‡ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍ Ì ÔÓ‰ÎÂÊËÚ.
íÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl ÔÓ‚ÂÍË Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚, ËÒıÓ‰fl˘Ëı ÒÓ ‚ÒÂı ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚÓ‚
‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚, ̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER. éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚÂ
„ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Òӄ·ÒÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÛÓ‚ÌË Á‚Û͇ ÚÂÒÚÓ‚˚ı
Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚, ÒÓı‡ÌflÂÏ˚ı Ô‡ÏflÚË ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚.
îÓÌڇθÌ˚È ã‚˚È (ã)ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È îÓÌڇθÌ˚È
è‡‚˚È (è)í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ è‡‚˚È (è) í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ ã‚˚È
(ã) 뇷‚ÛÙÂ.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÓÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÚÂÒÚËÓ‚‡ÌËÂ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ V/v.
ÇÓÁ‚‡Ú
ÑÎfl ‚ÓÁ‚‡Ú‡ Í Ô‰˚‰Û˘ÂÏÛ ÏÂÌ˛, ̇ÊÏËÚ ENTER.
30
ÑÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθ̇fl ËÌÙÓχˆËfl
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ Ú‡ÈÏÂ‡, Ò‡·‡Ú˚‚‡˛˘Â„Ó
Á‡‰‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl
åÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â Ú‡ÍËÏ Ó·‡ÁÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÓÌ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË ÓÚÍβ˜‡ÎÒfl ‚ Û͇Á‡ÌÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl.
11
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SLEEP ‰Îfl ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÌÛÊÌÓ„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË
‡‚ÚÓÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl
ì͇Á‡ÚÂθ SLEEP Ë ‚ÂÏfl ‡‚ÚÓÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁflÚÒfl ̇
˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
22
Each time you press SLEEP the setting changes in the
following order.
SLEEP 90 80 70 6050 40 30 20 10
Ç˚ÍÎ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ‚ÂÏfl, ÓÒÚ‡˛˘ÂÂÒfl ‰Ó
‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ SLEEP. éÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ̇
˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl.
èÓÒÏÓÚ ‚ÂÏÂÌË ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl Ë
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯Â„ÓÒfl ‚ÂÏÂÌË Ì‡ ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÓ‚ÂËÚ¸ ËÌÙÓχˆË˛ Ó ‰ËÒÍÂ, ̇ÔËÏÂ,
ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, Ó·˘Â ÍÓ΢ÂÒÚ‚Ó
Á‡„ÓÎÓ‚ÍÓ‚ ̇ DVD ËÎË ÚÂÍÓ‚ ̇ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÂ,
‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍ ËÎË åê3-‰ËÒÍÂ, ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DISPLAY ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ä‡Ê‰Ó ̇ʇÚË ÍÌÓÔÍË ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ (DISPLAY) ÔË
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËË ‰ËÒ͇ ÏÂÌflÂÚ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ.
èËϘ‡ÌËfl
Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÚËÔ‡ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓ„Ó ‰ËÒ͇ Ë ÂÊËχ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl, ËÌÙÓχˆËfl Ó ‰ËÒÍ ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚ¸Òfl
̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ.
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ÔË ‡·ÓÚ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‚ˉÂÓ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ Ò ÙÛÌ͈ËflÏË PBC ̇
‰ËÒÔÎÂÈ ‚˚‚Ó‰ËÚÒfl ÚÓθÍÓ ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ÒˆÂÌ˚.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ú‡ÍÊ ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl
Ë ÓÒÚ‡‚¯ÂÂÒfl ‚ÂÏfl ÚÂÍÛ˘Â„Ó ‡Á‰Â·, Á‡„ÓÎӂ͇, ÚÂ͇,
ÒˆÂÌ˚ ËÎË ‰ËÒ͇.
éÒ‚Â˘ÂÌÌÓÒÚ¸
ùÚ‡ ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚ ÓÒ‚Â˘ÂÌË ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ë Û˜ÍË
„ÓÏÍÓÒÚË ‚ ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÏ ÒÓÒÚÓflÌËË.
çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DIMMER.
éÚÍβ˜ÂÌË Á‚Û͇
óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÂÏÂÌÌÓ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ˝ÚÛ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚˚Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Á‚ÛÍ, ̇ÔËÏÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÓÚ‚ÂÚËÚ¸
̇ ÚÂÎÂÙÓÌÌ˚È Á‚ÓÌÓÍ. èË ˝ÚÓÏ Ì‡ ‰ËÒÔΠ·Û‰ÂÚ
ÏË„‡Ú¸ Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ: MUTE.
ÑÎfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl Á‚Û͇ ÒÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ MUTING.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ‡Á˙Âχ ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ÒÚÂÂÓ̇ۯÌËÍË ( 3.5mm) ‡Á˙ÂÏ PHONES.
èË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËË Ì‡Û¯ÌËÍÓ‚ (‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ Ì ‚ıÓ‰flÚ),
˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍË
ÓÚÍβ˜‡˛ÚÒfl.
ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ „ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË
VOLUME (-/+).
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
Ç ÒËÒÚÂÏ Ô‰ÛÒÏÓÚÂÌÓ ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌË ‡Á΢Ì˚ı
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı ˝ÙÙÂÍÚÓ‚ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ. Ç˚·ÂËÚ Á‚ÛÍ,
ÍÓÚÓ˚È ‚‡Ï Ì‡‚ËÚÒfl.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ DSGX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÄÍÚË‚ËÛÂÚÒfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ.
DSGX
äÓ„‰‡ ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÂÊËÏ DSGX, ÛÒËÎË‚‡˛ÚÒfl ÌËÁÍËÂ
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚.
ÑÎfl ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ‡
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DSGX ̇ ÔÛθÚ ¢ ‡Á.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ̇ۯÌËÍÓ‚, ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl DSGX ÌÂ
‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇.
чÌ̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ú‡ÍÊ Ì ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ‚ ÂÊËÏÂ
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
31
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ‡‰ËÓ
è‰‚‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ
Ç˚ ÏÓÊÂÚ ‚ÌÂÒÚË ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ‰Ó 30 Òڇ̈ËÈ ‚ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓ̇ı
FM Ë AM (MW). èÂ‰ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÓÈ Û·Â‰ËÚÂÒ¸ ‚ ÚÓÏ, ˜ÚÓ
‚˚ ÛÏÂ̸¯ËÎË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ ‰Ó ÏËÌËÏÛχ.
11
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ TUNER/BAND ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl FM ËÎË AM (MW).
22
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÔÓÒΠ˝ÚÓ„Ó ·Û‰ÂÚ ̇ÊËχڸ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ
TUNER/BAND, ÂÊËÏ˚ FM Ë AM ·Û‰ÛÚ
ÔÓÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸Òfl.
33
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇
ÔÛθÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ ‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ÔÓ͇ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌËfl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ˚
Ì ÒÚ‡ÌÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl, Á‡ÚÂÏ ÓÚÔÛÒÚËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ.
èÓËÒÍ ÔÂÍ‡ÚËÚÒfl Í‡Í ÚÓθÍÓ DVD/CD êÂÒË‚Â Ì ̇ÒÚÓËÚÒfl
̇ ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛. Ç ˝ÚÓÏ ÒÎÛ˜‡Â, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÔÓfl‚flÚÒfl
̇‰ÔËÒË "TUNED" Ë "ST" (‰Îfl ÒÚÂÂÓÔÓ„‡ÏÏ).
44
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·Û‰ÂÚ
Á‡ÔË҇̇ Òڇ̈Ëfl.
55
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Îfl
‚˚·Ó‡ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË ÌÓÏÂ‡, ÔÓ ‚‡¯ÂÏÛ Ê·Ì˲.
66
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ̇ ÔÛθÚ ¢ ‡Á.
ꇉËÓÒڇ̈Ëfl ·Û‰ÂÚ Á‡ÌÂÒÂ̇ ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸.
77
èÓ‚ÚÓËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ Ò 3 ÔÓ 6 ‰Îfl ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl
‰Û„Ëı Òڇ̈ËÈ.
ÑÎfl ̇ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ ÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ÒÓ Ò··˚Ï Ò˄̇ÎÓÏ
çÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ 3
˝Ú‡Ô ‰Îfl ÚÓ„Ó, ˜ÚÓ·˚ ̇ÒÚÓËÚ¸ ÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
ÑÎfl Û‰‡ÎÂÌËfl ‚ÒÂı ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌÌ˚ı Òڇ̈ËÈ
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU ÓÍÓÎÓ
‰‚Ûı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl ÓÚÓ·‡ÁËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌËÂ
“CLEAR ALL” (쉇ÎËÚ¸ ‚ÒÂ), Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ÊÏËÚ ÒÌÓ‚‡ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TUNER MENU, ‚Ò Òڇ̈ËË Û‰‡ÎflÚÒfl.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÒÎÛ˜‡ÈÌÓ Á‡¯ÎË ‚ ÂÊËÏ "CLEAR ALL" (쉇ÎËÚ¸
‚ÒÂ) Ë ‚˚ Ì ıÓÚËÚ ÌË˜Â„Ó Û‰‡ÎflÚ¸, ÌË˜Â„Ó Ì ̇ÊËχÈÚÂ.
èÓÒΠÌÂÒÍÓθÍËı ÒÂÍÛ̉, ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË "CLEAR ALL"
ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ë ÂÒË‚Â ÔÂÂȉÂÚ ‚ ÌÓχθÌ˚È ÂÊËÏ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÖÒÎË ‚Ò Òڇ̈ËË ÛÊ Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌ˚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸, ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ
ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl ÒÓÓ·˘ÂÌË FULL (á‡ÔÓÎÌÂÌÓ), Á‡ÚÂÏ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ
ÌÓÏÂ, ÔÓ‰ ÍÓÚÓ˚Ï ·˚· Á‡ÔË҇̇ Òڇ̈Ëfl. ÑÎfl ËÁÏÂÌÂÌËfl
ÌÓÏÂ‡, ‚˚ÔÓÎÌËÚ ˝Ú‡Ô˚ 5 Ë 6, Í‡Í Û͇Á‡ÌÓ ‚˚¯Â.
èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË ‡‰ËÓ
ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ, Ô‰‚‡ËÚÂθÌÓ ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ
Á‡ÌÂÒÚË ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡
(ëÏ. ‡Á‰ÂÎ "è‰‚‡ËÚÂθ̇fl ̇ÒÚÓÈ͇ Òڇ̈ËÈ" Ò΂‡).
11
ç‡ÊËχÈÚ TUNER/BAND ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰Ó ÚÂı ÔÓ, ÔÓ͇
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÚÒfl FM ËÎË AM (MW).
ÅÛ‰ÂÚ Ì‡ÒÚÓÂ̇ ÔÓÒΉÌflfl ÔÓÎÛ˜ÂÌ̇fl Òڇ̈Ëfl.
22
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á PRESET -/+ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡
ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ„Ó ÌÓÏÂ‡ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË.
ä‡Ê‰˚È ‡Á, ÍÓ„‰‡ ‚˚ ̇ÊËχÂÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ, DVD-ÂÒË‚Â
Ò‡ÁÛ Ê ̇ÒÚ‡Ë‚‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ Ó‰ËÌ ÌÓÏÂ Òڇ̈ËË.
33
éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚ „ÓÏÍÓÒÚ¸ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÍË
VOLUME + ËÎË -.
ÑÎfl ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËfl ‡‰ËÓ
ç‡ÊÏËÚ @ / 1̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ ‰Îfl ÓÚÍβ˜ÂÌËfl DVD-
ÂÒË‚Â‡ ËÎË ‚˚·Ó‡ ‰Û„Ó„Ó ÙÛÌ͈ËÓ̇θÌÓ„Ó ÂÊËχ
(CD/DVD, VIDEO ËÎË TV).
èÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌË Òڇ̈ËÈ, Ì ‚ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ Û˜ÌÛ˛ ËÎË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÈÍÛ,
Í‡Í ÓÔËÒ‡ÌÓ ‚Ó 2 ˝Ú‡ÔÂ.
ÑÎfl Û˜ÌÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË ÌÂÒÍÓθÍÓ ‡Á ̇ÊÏËÚ TUNING
- ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÑÎfl ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍË Ì‡ÊÏËÚ Ë
Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ TUNING - ËÎË + ̇ ÔÛθÚ ÓÍÓÎÓ 2 ÒÂÍÛ̉.
Ç˚·Ó ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËÈ ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ
Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸.
ÑÎfl ÌÂÔÓÒ‰ÒÚ‚ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ‚˚·Ó‡ ÌÛÊÌÓÈ Òڇ̈ËË ËÁ
Ô‡ÏflÚË ÏÓÊÌÓ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË Ì‡
ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ä ÔËÏÂÛ, ‰Îfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË, Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌÓÈ
ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 4, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ˆËÙÛ 4 ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl. ÑÎfl ÔÓÒÎۯ˂‡ÌËfl
‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË, Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌÓÈ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ÔÓ‰ ÌÓÏÂÓÏ 19, ̇ÊÏËÚÂ
Ò̇˜‡Î‡ ̇ ˆËÙÛ 1, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ Ì‡ 9 (‚ Ú˜ÂÌË 3 ÒÂÍÛ̉).
ç‡ Á‡ÏÂÚÍÛ
ÖÒÎË ÔË ÔËÂÏ FM ÔÓ„‡ÏÏ˚ ÔËÒÛÚÒÚ‚Û˛Ú
‰ÓÔÓÎÌËÚÂθÌ˚ ¯ÛÏ˚.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ FM MODE (ÂÊËÏ FM) ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ, ˜ÚÓ·˚ Ò ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ËÒ˜ÂÁÎÓ "ST". ëÚÂÂÓ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ ËÒ˜ÂÁÌÂÚ, Á‡ÚÓ ÛÎÛ˜¯ËÚÒfl
͇˜ÂÒÚ‚Ó ÔËÂχ. óÚÓ·˚ ‚ÓÒÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ¸ ÒÚÂÂÓ˝ÙÙÂÍÚ, ÒÌÓ‚‡
̇ÊÏËÚ ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ FM MODE (ÂÊËÏ FM).
ÑÎfl ÛÎÛ˜¯ÂÌËfl ÔËÂχ
èÂÂÓËÂÌÚËÛÈÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ, ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Û˛ ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ.
32
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÔÛθÚÓÏ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl
ë ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ‚ıÓ‰fl˘Â„Ó ‚ ÍÓÏÔÎÂÍÚ ÔÓÒÚ‡‚ÍË ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÏÓÊÌÓ „ÛÎËÓ‚‡Ú¸
ÛÓ‚Â̸ Á‚Û͇, ‚˚·Ë‡Ú¸ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· Ë
ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂÏ ‚‡¯Â„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ꇷÓÚ‡ Ò ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ
ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÔÓ͇Á‡ÌÌ˚Â
ÌËÊÂ ÍÌÓÔÍË
äÌÓÔ͇ îÛÌ͈Ëfl
TV @ / 1 TV ÇÍβ˜ÂÌËÂ Ë ‚˚Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
TV/VIDEO
TV/VIDEO èÂÂÍβ˜ÂÌË ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇
‡ ‚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
(Ú˛ÌÂ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ËÎË ‰Û„ÓÈ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ).
TV CH +/- ë͇ÌËÓ‚‡ÌË ‚‚Âı Ë ‚ÌËÁ ÒÔËÒ͇
Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ı ‚ Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ͇̇ÎÓ‚.
TV VOL +/- ê„ÛÎËÓ‚‡ÌË „ÓÏÍÓÒÚË
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÑÎfl ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ ËÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚÂ
ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
èÓÒΠÚÓ„Ó, Í‡Í ‚˚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÎË ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ ÂÊËÏ TV, ‚˚
ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ËÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡Ú¸ ÍÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË ‰Îfl
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ.
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÍÌÓÔÓÍ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
äÌÓÔ͇ TV Á‡„Ó‡ÂÚÒfl Í‡ÒÌ˚Ï Ò‚ÂÚÓÏ, Ë ÔÛθÚ
ÛÒڇ̇‚ÎË‚‡ÂÚÒfl ‚ ÂÊËÏ TV. Ç˚ ÒÏÓÊÂÚ ÔÂÂÍβ˜‡Ú¸
͇̇Î˚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
>äÌÓÔ͇ >10 ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰Ëχ ‰Îfl ‚˚·Ó‡ ͇̇ÎÓ‚, ÌÓÏÂ‡
ÍÓÚÓ˚ı Ô‚˚¯‡˛Ú 10. ‰Îfl ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÂÊËχ TV,
̇ÊÏËÚ ¢ ‡Á ̇ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
ÑÎfl ÚÓ„Ó ˜ÚÓ·˚ ÛÔ‡‚ÎflÚ¸ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓÏ, ̇ÊÏËÚ ̇
ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV
.
äÌÓÔ͇ TV ÔÓÚÛı‡ÂÚ, ÂÒÎË ‚˚ Ì ËÒÔÓθÁÛÂÚ ÔÛθÚ
Ú˜ÂÌË 10 ÒÂÍÛ̉.
ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚, ‰‡ÌÌ˚È ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰ËÚ.
ëÓ‚ÂÚ˚
ÑÎfl ÌÂÍÓÚÓ˚ı ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚ ÓÚ ‰Û„Ëı ÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÚÂÎÂÈ,
ËÒÔÓθÁÛ˛ÚÒfl ÒÎÂ‰Û˛˘Ë ÏÂÚÓ‰˚. ÑÎfl ‰‚ÛÁ̇˜ÌÓ„Ó
˜ËÒ·, ̇ÊÏËÚ Ò̇˜‡Î‡ -/--, ‡ Á‡ÚÂÏ ˜ËÒÎÓ.
(ä ÔËÏÂÛ, ‰Îfl ͇̇· 25, ̇ÊÏËÚ -/--, Á‡ÚÂÏ 2 Ë 5).
TV @ / 1
TV/VIDEO
TV CH +/-
TV VOL +/-
TV
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
33
àÒÔÓθÁÓ‚‡ÌË ÙÛÌ͈ËË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËfl Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ ÙËÏ˚ Sony
îÛÌ͈Ëfl SONY TV DIRECT ÔÓÁ‚ÓÎflÂÚ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ¸ Í ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ SONY, ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸ ÂÊËÏ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ̇ "CD/DVD", ‡
Á‡ÚÂÏ ÔÂÂÍβ˜ËÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍË ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚.
äÌÓÔ͇ çÓÏÂ
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
TV/VIDEO 0 çÂÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
(èÓ ÛÏÓΘ‡Ì˲)
1 ÇàÑÖé1
2 ÇàÑÖé2
3 ÇàÑÖé3
4 ÇàÑÖé4
5 ÇàÑÖé5
6 ÇàÑÖé6
7 äéåèéçÖçí 1
ÇïéÑ
8 äéåèéçÖçí 2
ÇïéÑ
2
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV CH+ ‚Ó ‚ÂÏfl
‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl ÔÂ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ„Ó ‚ÂÏÂÌË
(ÒÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ÌËÊÂ) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
ÅÛ‰ÂÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë Ò ÔÛθڇ
‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl.
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÔ¯ÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ÍÓ‰ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ωÎÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡.
ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ӯ˷͇ ÔË ‚‚‰ÂÌËË, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV
Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ 5 ‡Á Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ.
äÌÓÔ͇ çÓÏÂ äÌÓÔ͇
TV CH + 1 0.5 (èÓ ÛÏÓΘ‡Ì˲)
21
3 1.5
42
5 2.5
63
7 3.5
84
ùÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËfl
ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ Ë ‰‡ÌÌÛ˛ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ, Á‡ÚÂÏ
̇ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ SONY TV DIRECT.
ÇÓ ‚ÂÏfl ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë ÍÓ‰‡ Ò ÔÛθڇ, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ÏË„‡ÂÚ.
èËϘ‡ÌËÂ
îÛÌ͈Ëfl ‰ÓÒÚÛÔ̇ ÚÓθÍÓ ‰Îfl ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÓ‚ ÍÓÏÔ‡ÌËË SONY.
ÖÒÎË ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ, ËÁÏÂÌËÚ ‚ÂÏfl
ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë. ÇÂÏfl ÔÂ‰‡˜Ë Á‡‚ËÒËÚ ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ÖÒÎË ‡ÒÒÚÓflÌË ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ Ë ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ
·Óθ¯ÓÂ, ‰‡Ì̇fl ÙÛÌ͈Ëfl ÏÓÊÂÚ Ì Ò‡·ÓÚ‡Ú¸.
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ÔÓ·ÎËÊÂ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ.
ÑÂÊËÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ÔÓ Ì‡Ô‡‚ÎÂÌ˲ Í ÚÂ΂ËÁÓÛ Ë
ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ, ÍÓ„‰‡ ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ÏË„‡ÂÚ.
SONY TV DIRECT
TV/VIDEO
TV CH +/-
TV
äÌÓÔÍË Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË
èÓ‰„ÓÚӂ͇
á‡„ËÒÚËÛÈÚ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡,
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ.
1
ç‡ÊÏËÚÂ Ë Û‰ÂÊË‚‡ÈÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ TV/VIDEO ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚‚‰ÂÌËfl ÍÓ‰‡ ‰Îfl ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜‡ÂÏÓ„Ó Í ‰‡ÌÌÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏÂ
(ÒÏ. Ú‡·ÎËˆÛ ÌËÊÂ) Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ÍÌÓÔÓÍ Ò ˆËÙ‡ÏË.
Ç˚·Ë‡ÂÚÒfl ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ‚ıÓ‰‡ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡
ÖÒÎË ‚˚ ÛÒÔ¯ÌÓ ‚‚ÂÎË ÍÓ‰ ËÒÚÓ˜ÌË͇ ‚ıÓ‰‡
ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV ωÎÂÌÌÓ Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ ‰‚‡ ‡Á‡.
ÖÒÎË ‚ÓÁÌËÍ· ӯ˷͇ ÔË ‚‚‰ÂÌËË, ÍÌÓÔ͇ TV
Á‡ÏË„‡ÂÚ 5 ‡Á Ë ·˚ÒÚÓ.
34
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ flÁ˚ÍÓ‚
ÑÎfl ̇˜‡Î¸Ì˚ı ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ "Disc Audio (‡Û‰ËÓ‰‡ÌÌ˚ ‰ËÒ͇)", "Disc Subtitle (ÒÛ·ÚËÚ˚ ̇ ‰ËÒÍÂ)" Ë/ËÎË "Disc Menu
(ÏÂÌ˛ ‰ËÒ͇)" (ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 19) ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓ ‚‚ÂÒÚË ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÍÓ‰ flÁ˚͇.
äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í
6565 ÄÙ‡
6566 Ä·ı‡ÁÒÍËÈ
6570 ÄÙË͇‡ÌÒ
6577 ÄÏÂı‡ËÍ
6582 Ä‡·ÒÍËÈ
6583 ÄÒÒ‡ÏÒÍËÈ
6588 ÄÈχÒÍËÈ
6590 ÄÁÂ·‡È‰Ê‡ÌÒÍËÈ
6665 Ň¯ÍËÒÍËÈ
6669 ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒÍËÈ
6671 ÅÓ΄‡ÒÍËÈ
6672 ÅËı‡Ë
6678
ÅÂÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ; Ň̄‡
6679 íË·ÂÚÒÍËÈ
6682 ÅÂÚÓÌÒÍËÈ
6765 ä‡Ú‡ÎÓÌÒÍËÈ
6779 äÓÒË͇ÌÒÍËÈ
6783 óÂıËfl
6789 ì˝Î¸ÒÍËÈ
6865 чÚÒÍËÈ
6869 çÂψÍËÈ
6890 ÅÛÚ‡ÌË
6976 É˜ÂÒÍËÈ
6978 ÄÌ„ÎËÈÒÍËÈ
6979 ùÒÔÂ‡ÌÚÓ
6983 àÒÔ‡ÌÒÍËÈ
6984 ùÒÚÓÌÒÍËÈ
6985 ŇÒÍÒÍËÈ
7065 èÂÒˉÒÍËÈ
7073 îËÌÒÍËÈ
7074 îˉÊËÈÒÍËÈ
äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í
7079 î‡ÒË
7082 î‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ
7089 îËÁÒÍËÈ
7165 à·̉ÒÍËÈ
7168 òÓÚ·̉ÒÍËÈ
7176 ɇÎˈËÈÒÍËÈ
7178 ÉÛ‡‡ÌË
7185 Éۉʇ‡ÚË
7265 ï‡ÛÒ‡
7273 ïË̉Ë
7282 ïÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ
7285 ÇÂÌ„ÂÒÍËÈ
7289 ÄÏflÌÒÍËÈ
7365 àÌÚÂÎËÌ„‚‡
7378 à̉ÓÌÂÁËÈÒÍËÈ
7383 àÒ·̉ÒÍËÈ
7384 àڇθflÌÒÍËÈ
7387 à‚ËÚ
7465 üÔÓÌÒÍËÈ
7473 à‰Ë¯
7487 ü‚‡ÌÒÍËÈ
7565 ÉÛÁËÌÒÍËÈ
7575 ä‡Á‡ıÒÍËÈ
7576 ÉÂÌ·̉ÒÍËÈ
7577 ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËÈÒÍËÈ
7578 ä‡Ì‡‰ÒÍËÈ
7579 äÓÂÈÒÍËÈ
7583 䇯ÏË
7585 äÛ‰ÒÍËÈ
7589 äË„ËÁÒÍËÈ
7665 ã‡Ú˚̸
äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í
7678 ãËÌ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
7679 ã‡ÓÒÒÍËÈ
7684 ãËÚÓ‚ÒÍËÈ
7686 ã‡Ú˚¯ÒÍËÈ
7771 å‡Î‡„‡ÒËÈÒÍËÈ
7773 å‡ÓË
7775 å‡Í‰ÓÌÒÍËÈ
7776 å‡Î‡È‡Î‡
7778 åÓÌ„ÓθÒÍËÈ
7779 åÓΉ‡‚ÒÍËÈ
7782 å‡‡ÚË
7783 å‡Î‡ÈÒÍËÈ
7784 å‡Î¸ÚËÈÒÍËÈ
7789 ÅËχÌÒÍËÈ
7865 ç‡ÛË
7869 çÂԇθÒÍËÈ
7876 ÉÓη̉ÒÍËÈ
7879 çÓ‚ÂÊÒÍËÈ
7982 éËfl
8065 èẨʇ·ÒÍËÈ
8076 èÓθÒÍËÈ
8083 èÛ¯ÚÛ
8084 èÓÚÛ„‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
8185 ä˜ۇ
8277 êÂÚÓÓχÌÒÍËÈ
8279 êÛÏ˚ÌÒÍËÈ
8285 êÛÒÒÍËÈ
8365 ë‡ÌÒÍËÚ
8368 ëË̉Ë
8372
ëÂ·ÒÍÓıÓ‚‡ÚÒÍËÈ
8373 ëËÌ„‡ÎÂÁÒÍËÈ
äÓ‰ üÁ˚Í
8375 ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍËÈ
8376 ëÎÓ‚ÂÌÒÍËÈ
8377 ë‡ÏÓ‡
8378 òÓ̇
8379 ëÓχÎËÈÒÍËÈ
8381 Äη‡ÌÒÍËÈ
8382 ëÂ·ÒÍËÈ
8385 ëÛ‰‡ÌÒÍËÈ
8386 ò‚‰ÒÍËÈ
8387 ëÛ‡ıËÎË
8465 í‡ÏËθÒÍËÈ
8469 íÂÎÛ„Û
8471 "‡‰ÊËÍÒÍËÈ
8472 í‡ÈÒÍËÈ
8473 íË„Ë̸fl
8475 íÛÍÏÂÌÒÍËÈ
8476 퇄‡Î¸ÒÍËÈ
8479 íÓÌ„Ó
8482 íÛˆÍËÈ
8484 "‡Ú‡ÒÍËÈ
8487 í‚Ë
8575 ìÍ‡ËÌÒÍËÈ
8582 ì‰Û
8590 ìÁ·ÂÍÒÍËÈ
8673 ǸÂÚ̇ÏÒÍËÈ
8679 ÇÓ·ԲÍ
8779 ÇÓ·
8872 ïÓÒ‡
8979 âÓÛ·‡
9072 äËÚ‡ÈÒÍËÈ
9085 áÛÎÛÒÒÍËÈ
ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã
35
ëÔËÒÓÍ ÍÓ‰Ó‚ ÒÚ‡Ì
ǂ‰ËÚ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ ÍÓ‰ ‰Îfl ̇˜‡Î¸ÌÓÈ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÍË "äÓ‰ ÒÚ‡Ì˚" (ÒÏ. ÒÚ. 21).
äÓ‰ ëÚ‡Ì‡
AD Ä̉Ó‡
AE éÄù
AF ÄÙ„‡ÌËÒÚ‡Ì
AG ÄÌÚË„Û‡ Ë Å‡·Û‰‡
AI ÄÌ„Ë·
AL Äη‡ÌËfl
AM ÄÏÂÌËfl
AN ÄÌÚËθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡,
çˉÂ·̉˚
AO ÄÌ„Ó·
AQ ÄÌÚ‡ÍÚË͇
AR Ä„ÂÌÚË̇
AS ÄÏÂË͇ÌÒÍË ë‡ÏÓ‡
AT Ä‚ÒÚËfl
AU Ä‚ÒÚ‡ÎËfl
AW ÄÛ·‡
AZ ÄÁÂ·‡È‰Ê‡Ì
BA ÅÓÒÌËfl-ÉÂˆÂ„Ó‚Ë̇
BB Ň·‡‰ÓÒ
BD Ň̄·‰Â¯
BE ÅÂθ„Ëfl
BF ÅÛÍË̇ î‡ÒÓ
BG ÅÓ΄‡Ëfl
BH ŇıÂÈÌ
BI ÅÛÛ̉Ë
BJ èÂÍËÌ
BM ÅÂÏÛ‰˚
BN ÅÛÌÂÈ
BO ÅÓÎË‚Ëfl
BR Å‡ÁËÎËfl
BS Ň„‡Ï˚
BT ÅÛÚ‡Ì
BV éÒÚÓ‚ ÅÛ‚Â
BW ÅÓÚÒ‚‡Ì‡
BY ÅÂÎÓÛÒÒËfl
BZ ÅÂÎËÁ
CA ä‡Ì‡‰‡
CC äÓÍÓÒÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
CF
ñÂÌÚÓ‡ÙË͇ÌÒ͇fl êÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
CG
äÓÌ„Ó äÄçÄã ò‚ÂȈ‡Ëfl
CI äÓÚ’‰ù‚Û‡
CK éÒÚÓ‚‡ äÛ͇
CL óËÎË
CM ä‡ÏÂÛÌ
CN äËÚ‡È
CO äÓÎÓÏ·Ëfl
CR äÓÒÚ‡ êË͇
CS Å˚‚¯. óÂıÓÒÎÓ‚‡ÍËfl
CU äÛ·‡
CV 䇷Ó-ÇÂ‰Â
CX éÒÚÓ‚ êÓʉÂÒÚ‚‡
CY äËÔ
CZ ó¯Ò͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
DE ÉÂχÌËfl
DJ ÑÊË·ÛÚË
DK чÌËfl
DM ÑÓÏËÌË͇
DO
ÑÓÏËÌË͇ÌÒ͇fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
DZ ÄÎÊË
EC ùÍ‚‡‰Ó
EE ùÒÚÓÌËfl
EG Ö„ËÔÂÚ
EH á‡Ô‡‰Ì‡fl ë‡ı‡‡
äÓ‰ ëÚ‡Ì‡
ER ùËÚÂfl
ES àÒÔ‡ÌËfl
ET ùÙËÓÔËfl
FI îËÌÎfl̉Ëfl
FJ îˉÊË
FK îÓÎÍÎẨÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
FM åËÍÓÌÂÁËfl
FO î‡ÂÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
FR î‡ÌˆËfl
FX î‡ÌˆËfl (‚ÓÔÂÈÒ͇fl
ÚÂËÚÓËfl)
GA ɇ·ÓÌ
GB ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl
GD ÉÂ̇‰‡
GE ÉÛÁËfl
GF î‡ÌˆÛÁÒ͇fl ɇȇ̇
GH ɇ̇
GI ÉË·‡ÎÚ‡
GL ÉÂÌ·̉Ëfl
GM ɇϷËfl
GN É‚ËÌÂfl
GP É‚‡‰ÂÎÛÔ‡ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
GQ ùÍ‚‡ÚÓˇθ̇fl É‚ËÌÂfl
GR ÉˆËfl
GS é-‚‡ ëÂÌÚ-ÑÊÓ‰ÊÂÒ Ë
ëÂÌÚ-뽉‚˘
GT É‚‡ÚÂχ·
GU ÉÛ‡Ï (ëòÄ)
GW É‚ËÌÂfl ÅËÒÒ‡Û
GY ɇȇ̇
HK ÉÓÌÍÓÌ„
HM é-‚‡ ïÂ‰ Ë å‡ÍÑÓ̇Ή
HN ÉÓ̉Û‡Ò
HR ïÓ‚‡ÚËfl
HT ɇËÚË
HU ÇÂÌ„Ëfl
ID à̉ÓÌÂÁËfl
IE à·̉Ëfl
IL àÁ‡Ëθ
ÇïéÑ à̉Ëfl
IO ÅËÚ‡ÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
à̉ËÈÒÍÓ„Ó Ó͇̇
IQ à‡Í
IR à‡Ì
IS àÒ·̉Ëfl
IT àÚ‡ÎËfl
JM üχÈ͇
JO ÑÊÓ‰‡Ì
JP üÔÓÌËfl
KE äÂÌËfl
KG ä˚„˚ÁÒÚ‡Ì
KH ä‡Ï·Ó‰ÊËfl
KI äËË·‡ÚË
KM äÓÏÓÒÍË éÒÚÓ‚‡
KN ëÂÌÚ-äËÚÒ Ë ç‚ËÒ
KP ë‚Â̇fl äÓÂfl
KR ûÊ̇fl äÓÂfl
KW äÛ‚ÂÈÚ
KY ä‡ÈχÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
KZ ä‡Á‡ıÒÚ‡Ì
LA ã‡ÓÒ
LB ãË‚‡Ì
äÓ‰ ëÚ‡Ì‡
LC ë‡ÌÚ‡ ã˛˜Ëfl
LI ãËıÚÂ̯ÚÂÈÌ
LK òË-ã‡Ì͇
LR ãË·ÂËfl
LS ãÂÒÓÚÓ
LT ãËÚ‚‡
LU ã˛ÍÒÂÏ·Û„
LV ã‡Ú‚Ëfl
LY ãË‚Ëfl
MA å‡ÓÍÍÓ
MC åÓ̇ÍÓ
MD åÓΉ‡‚Ëfl
MG 凉‡„‡Ò͇
MH å‡¯‡ÎÎÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
MK å‡Í‰ÓÌËfl
ML å‡ÎË
MM å‡È‡Ìχ
MN åÓÌ„ÓÎËfl
MO å‡Í‡Ó
MP
ë‚ÂÌ˚ å‡ˇÌÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
MQ å‡ÚËÌËÍ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
MR 凂ËÚ‡ÌËfl
MS åÓÌÒÂ‡Ú
MT é. å‡Î¸Ú‡
MU é. 凂ËÍËÈ
MV å‡Î¸‰Ë‚ÒÍË Ó-‚‡
MW å‡Î‡‚Ë
MX åÂÍÒË͇
MY å‡Î‡ÈÁËfl
MZ åÓÁ‡Ï·ËÍ
NA ç‡ÏË·Ëfl
NC
çÓ‚‡fl ä‡Î‰ÓÌËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl)
NE çË„Â
NF çÓÙÓÎÍÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
NG çË„ÂËfl
NI çË͇‡„Û‡
NL çˉÂ·̉˚
NO çÓ‚„Ëfl
NP çÂÔ‡Î
NR ç‡ÛË
NU ç˛
NZ çÓ‚‡fl á·̉Ëfl
OM éχÌ
PA è‡Ì‡Ï‡
PE èÂÛ
PF èÓÎËÌÂÁËfl (î‡ÌˆËfl)
PG è‡ÔÛ‡ çÓ‚‡fl É‚ËÌÂfl
PH îËÎËÔÔËÌ˚
PK è‡ÍËÒÚ‡Ì
PL èÓθ¯‡
PM ëÂÌ-è¸Â Ë åËÍÂÎÓÌ
PN ÓÒÚÓ‚ èËÚÍ˝Ì
PR èÛ˝ÚÓ êËÍÓ
PT èÓÚÛ„‡ÎËfl
PW é-‚ è‡Î‡Û
PY è‡‡„‚‡È
QA ä‡Ú‡
RE êÂÌ˛Ì¸ÓÌ (Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÈ)
RO êÛÏ˚ÌËfl
RU êÓÒÒËÈÒ͇fl Ù‰Â‡ˆËfl
RW êۇ̉‡
SA ë‡Û‰Ó‚Ò͇fl Ä‡‚Ëfl
SB ëÓÎÓÏÓÌÓ‚˚ ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
äÓ‰ ëÚ‡Ì‡
SC ëÂȯÂθÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
SD ëÛ‰‡Ì
SE ò‚ˆËfl
SG ëËÌ„‡ÔÛ
SH Ó.ë‚flÚÓÈ ÖÎÂÌ˚
SI ëÎÓ‚ÂÌËfl
SJ é-‚‡ 낇η‡‰ Ë üÌ-å‡ÈÂÌ
SK ëÎÓ‚‡ˆÍ‡fl ÂÒÔÛ·ÎË͇
SL ë¸Â‡ ãÂÓÌÂ
SM ë‡Ì å‡ËÌÓ
SN ëÂÌ„‡Î
SO ëÓχÎË
SR ëÛË̇Ï
ST ë‡ÌÚ íÓÏ Ë èË̈ËÔ
SU Å˚‚¯. ëëëê
SV ë‡Î¸‚‡‰Ó
SY ëËËfl
SZ 낇ÁËÎẨ
TC
íÛˆÍËÂ Ë ä‡ÈÍÓÒÍË ÓÒÚÓ‚‡
TD ó‡‰
TF ûÊÌ˚ Ù‡ÌˆÛÁÒÍËÂ
ÚÂËÚÓËË
TG íÓ„Ó
TH í‡Ë·̉
TJ 퇉ÊËÍËÒÚ‡Ì
TK é-‚‡ íÓÍ·Û
TM íÛÍÏÂÌËÒÚ‡Ì
TN íÛÌËÒ
TO íÓÌ„Ó
TP ÇÓÒÚÓ˜Ì˚È íËÏÓ
TR íÛˆËfl
TT íËÌˉ‡‰ Ë íÓ·‡„Ó
TV íÛ‚‡ÎÛ
TW í‡È‚‡Ì¸
TZ í‡ÌÁ‡ÌËfl
UA ìÍ‡Ë̇
UG 섇̉‡
UK ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl
UM å‡Î˚ ÔË΄‡˛˘Ë Ó-‚‡
ëòÄ
US ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌÌ˚ òÚ‡Ú˚
UY ìÛ„‚‡È
UZ ìÁ·ÂÍËÒÚ‡Ì
VA ÉÓÓ‰-„ÓÒÛ‰‡ÒÚ‚Ó
LJÚË͇Ì
VC ëÂÌÚ-ÇËÌÒÂÌÚ Ë
ÉÂ̇‰ËÌ˚
VE ÇÂÌÂÒÛ˝Î‡
VG ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡
(ÇÂÎËÍÓ·ËÚ‡ÌËfl)
VI ÇË„ËÌÒÍË Ó-‚‡ (ëòÄ)
VN ǸÂÚ̇Ï
VU LJÌÛ‡ÚÛ
WF é-‚‡ LJÎËÒ Ë îÛÚÛ̇
WS ë‡ÏÓ‡
YE âÂÏÂÌ
YT å‡ÈÓÚ
YU û„ÓÒ·‚Ëfl
ZA ûÊ̇fl ÄÙË͇
ZM á‡Ï·Ëfl
ZR á‡Ë
ZW áËÏ·‡·‚Â
36
èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ
èÂ‰ Ó·‡˘ÂÌËÂÏ ‚ ÂÏÓÌÚÌÛ˛ χÒÚÂÒÍÛ˛ ËÁÛ˜ËÚ Ô˂‰ÂÌÌ˚ ÌËÊ Û͇Á‡ÌËfl ÔÓ ÔÓËÒÍÛ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌ˲ ‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌ˚ı ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ.
èËÁÌ‡Í ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË
ç ‚Íβ˜‡ÂÚÒfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËÂ.
èËÚ‡ÌË ‚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ, ÌÓ
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÌÂ
‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ
éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ.
éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ Á‚ÛÍ ËÎË
ÓÌ Â‰‚‡ ÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ.
èÎÓıÓ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ
ÂÊËÏ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ç Á‡ÔÛÒ͇ÂÚÒfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌË ̇
DVD-ÂÒË‚ÂÂ.
ëÎ˚¯ÂÌ ÂÁÍËÈ ¯ÛÏ
ËÎË „Û‰ÂÌËÂ.
è˘Ë̇
éÚÒÓ‰ËÌÂÌ ¯ÌÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl.
ç ‚ÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌ ‰ËÒÍ
íÂ΂ËÁÓ Ì ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ‚ ÂÊËÏ
ÔËÂχ Ò˄̇· Ò ‚˚ıÓ‰‡ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ.
Ç˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
ÄÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ‡, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ̇fl Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛
͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·, Ì ̇ÒÚÓÂ̇ ̇
ÔËÂÏ ‚˚ıÓ‰ÌÓ„Ó Ò˄̇· DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ˚ ͇·ÂÎË
‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
Ç˚Íβ˜ÂÌÓ ÔËÚ‡ÌË ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛ˚, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ
Ò ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
èÓ‚ÂʉÂÌ Í‡·Âθ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ.
éÚÒÛÚÒÚ‚ÛÂÚ ‰ËÒÍ.
ÇÒÚ‡‚ÎÂÌÌ˚È ‰ËÒÍ Ì ÔË„Ó‰ÂÌ ‰Îfl
‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl.
ÑËÒÍ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ Îˈ‚ÓÈ (ÌÂ‡·Ó˜ÂÈ)
ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‚ÌËÁ.
ÑËÒÍ Ì ˆÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì ÔÓ Ì‡Ô‡‚Îfl˛˘ËÏ.
ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ.
ç‡ ˝Í‡Ì ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡ ÏÂÌ˛
ÇÍβ˜Â̇ ·ÎÓÍËӂ͇
(ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÂÈÚËÌ„).
ᇄflÁÌÂÌ˚ ‡Á˙ÂÏ˚.
ÑËÒÍ Á‡„flÁÌÂÌ.
èÎÓıÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌ˚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl
ÒËÒÚÂχ Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚ˚.
DVD-ÂÒË‚Â ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÎÂÌ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ
·ÎËÁÍÓ ÓÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ‡.
åÂ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ¯ÌÛ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl Í
ÓÁÂÚÍ ÔËÚ‡˛˘ÂÈ ÒÂÚË.
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ. (èÓ‚Â¸Ú ҂ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË
Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ DVD ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇
‰ËÒÔΠDVD).
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÒÓÓÚ‚ÂÚÒÚ‚Û˛˘ËÈ
ÂÊËÏ ÔËÂχ ‚ˉÂÓÒ˄̇· Ú‡Í, ˜ÚÓ·˚
̇ ˝Í‡Ì ÔÓfl‚ËÎÓÒ¸ ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌËÂ,
ÔÂ‰‡‚‡ÂÏÓ DVD/CD ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ.
燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ˉÂÓ͇·Âθ.
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ.
Ç˚·ÂËÚ ‰Îfl ÔËÂÏÌË͇ ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·
ÔÓ‰ıÓ‰fl˘ËÈ ÂÊËÏ ÔËÂχ, Ú‡Í ˜ÚÓ·˚
ÒڇΠÒÎ˚¯ÂÌ Á‚ÛÍ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ͇·Âθ
‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇· Í ‡Á˙ÂχÏ.
ÇÍβ˜ËÚ ‡ÔÔ‡‡ÚÛÛ, ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌÌÛ˛ Ò
ÔÓÏÓ˘¸˛ ͇·ÂÎfl ‡Û‰ËÓÒ˄̇·.
á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ͇·Âθ
é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ.
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‰ËÒÍ. (èÓ‚Â¸Ú ҂ÂÚËÚÒfl ÎË Ë̉Ë͇ÚÓ
DVD ËÎË ‡Û‰ËÓ ‰ËÒÍÓ‚ ̇ ‰ËÒÔΠDVD).
ìÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ËÚ ÔË„Ó‰Ì˚È ‰Îfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl ‰ËÒÍ.
(èÓ‚Â¸Ú ÚËÔ ‰ËÒ͇, ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓÒÚË Ë ÍÓ‰ „ËÓ̇.)
èÓÏÂÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚Ó‰ËÏÓÈ
ÒÚÓÓÌÓÈ ‚ÌËÁ.
Ç˚Ó‚ÌflÈÚ ‰ËÒÍ ‚ ÎÓÚÍ ÔÓ
̇Ô‡‚Îfl˛˘ÂÈ.
é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DVD SETUP ‰Îfl
‚˚ıÓ‰‡ ËÁ ÏÂÌ˛ ̇ÒÚÓÂÍ.
éÚÏÂÌËÚ ·ÎÓÍËÓ‚ÍÛ, ÎË·Ó ÔÓÏÂÌflÈÚÂ
ÂÈÚËÌ„.
èÓÚËÚ Ëı Ò‡ÎÙÂÚÍÓÈ, Ò΄͇
ÒÏÓ˜ÂÌÌÓÈ ‚ ÒÔËÚÂ
é˜ËÒÚËÚ ‰ËÒÍ
燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÛ˛
ÒËÒÚÂÏÛ Ë ÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚ˚.
èÂÂÏÂÒÚËÚ ÚÂ΂ËÁÓ ÔÓ‰‡Î¸¯Â ÓÚ
‡Û‰ËÓÍÓÏÔÓÌÂÌÚÓ‚.
ëèêÄÇéóçõâ åÄíÖêàÄã
37
èÓËÒÍ Ë ÛÒÚ‡ÌÂÌË ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚÂÈ (ÔÓ‰ÓÎÊÂÌËÂ)
èËÁÌ‡Í ÌÂËÒÔ‡‚ÌÓÒÚË
ç‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ Ì‡ÒÚÓËÚ¸
‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl Ì ‡·ÓÚ‡ÂÚ,
Í‡Í ÒΉÛÂÚ.
ç‚ÓÁÏÓÊÌÓ ËÁÏÂÌËÚ¸
Á‚ÛÍÓ‚ÓÈ ÂÊËÏ Ë‰Ë
ÂÊËÏ Pro Logic II.
ëÎ˯ÍÓÏ ÚÂÏÌÓÂ
ËÁÓ·‡ÊÂÌË ‰ËÒÔÎÂfl
ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË.
è˘Ë̇
èÎÓıÓ ÒÓËÂÌÚËÓ‚‡Ì‡ ËÎË ÔÓ‰ÒÓ‰ËÌÂ̇
‡ÌÚÂÌ̇.
ë˄̇Π‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËÈ ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ Ò··
(ÔË ‡‚ÚÓχÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ).
ꇉËÓÒڇ̈ËË Ì ·˚ÎË Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌ˚
Ô‡ÏflÚ¸ ËÎË Á‡ÌÂÒÂÌÌ˚ ‡‰ËÓÒڇ̈ËË
·˚ÎË Û‰‡ÎÂÌ˚ (ÔË Ì‡ÒÚÓÈÍÂ).
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ÌÂ
̇Ô‡‚ÎÂÌ Ì‡ ‰‡Ú˜ËÍ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ̇ıÓ‰ËÚÒfl
ÒÎ˯ÍÓÏ ‰‡ÎÂÍÓ ÓÚ DVD-ÂÒË‚Â‡.
åÂÊ‰Û ÔÛθÚÓÏ Ë DVD ÂÒË‚ÂÓÏ
ËÏÂÂÚÒfl ͇ÍÓÂ-ÚÓ ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ.
ŇڇÂÈÍË ÔÛθÚ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó
ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl ‡ÁflÊÂÌ˚.
ëËÒÚÂχ Ì ËÁÏÂÌflÂÚ ˝ÚË Ô‡‡ÏÂÚ˚ ‚Ó
‚ÂÏfl ‚ÓÒÔÓËÁ‚‰ÂÌËfl MP3-‰ËÒÍÓ‚.
çË˜Â„Ó Ì ÓÚÓ·‡Ê‡ÂÚÒfl ̇ ‰ËÒÔÎÂÂ
ÔÂ‰ÌÂÈ Ô‡ÌÂÎË.
åÂ˚ ÔÓ ËÒÔ‡‚ÎÂÌ˲
燉ÂÊÌÓ ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ.
éÚ„ÛÎËÛÈÚ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ Ë ÔË ÌÂÓ·ıÓ‰ËÏÓÒÚË
ÔÓ‰Íβ˜ËÚ ‚ÌÂ¯Ì˛˛ ‡ÌÚÂÌÌÛ.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ ‡‰ËÓÒÚ‡ÌˆË˛ ‚Û˜ÌÛ˛.
ç‡ÒÚÓÈÚ Òڇ̈ËË (ÒÚ. 31).
ç‡Ô‡‚¸Ú ÔÛÎ¸Ú Ì‡ ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌ˚È
‰‡Ú˜ËÍ, ‡ÒÔÓÎÓÊÂÌÌ˚È Ì‡ DVD-
ÂÒË‚ÂÂ.
àÒÔÓθÁÛÈÚ ÔÛÎ¸Ú ‚ Ô‰Â·ı 20 ÙÛÚÓ‚
(6Ï).
쉇ÎËÚ ÔÂÔflÚÒÚ‚ËÂ.
á‡ÏÂÌËÚ ˝ÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl ̇ ÌÓ‚˚Â.
ÇÒÚ‡‚¸Ú ‡Û‰ËÓ‰ËÒÍ.
ç‡ÊÏËÚ ÍÌÓÔÍÛ DIMMER ̇ ÔÛθÚÂ.
38
àÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl 220-240Ç ÔÂÂÏ. ÚÓ͇, 50/60Ɉ
èÓÚ·ÎflÂχfl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ 70ÇÚ, Ì ·ÓΠ1 ÇÚ (220-240Ç ÔÂÂÏÂÌÌÓ„Ó ÚÓ͇)
(‚ ÂÊËÏ ÒÓı‡ÌÂÌËfl ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl).
å‡ÒÒ‡ (ÔË·Î.) 4.7 Í„
ê‡ÁÏÂ˚ (W x H x D) 430 x 70 x 383.5 ÏÏ
ꇷӘË ÛÒÎÓ‚Ëfl íÂÏÔÂ‡ÚÛ‡: éÚ 5 ‰Ó 35°C ꇷӘ ÔÓÎÓÊÂÌËÂ: ÉÓËÁÓÌڇθÌÓÂ
Ç·ÊÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË éÚ 5 ‰Ó 85 %
ã‡ÁÂ èÓÎÛÔÓ‚Ó‰ÌËÍÓ‚˚È Î‡ÁÂ,‰ÎË̇ ‚ÓÎÌ˚ 650 ÌÏ ‰Îfl VCD Ë DVD.
‰ÎË̇ ‚ÓÎÌ˚ 780 ÌÏ ‰Îfl ÍÓÏÔ‡ÍÚ-‰ËÒÍÓ‚
èÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸ ËÒÔÛÒ͇ÌËfl
èÓ‰ÓÎÊËÚÂθÌ˚È
ë˄̇θ̇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ ëËÒÚÂχ ˆ‚ÂÚÌÓ„Ó ÚÂ΂ˉÂÌËfl PAL 625/50, NTSC 525/60
ó‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇ (‡Û‰ËÓ)
2 Ɉ~ 20 ÍɈ (±1.0 ‰Å)
éÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Ò˄̇Π- ¯ÛÏ (‡Û‰ËÓ)
ÅÓΠ˜ÂÏ 75 ‰Å (1 ÍɈ, NOP, 20 ÍɈ LPF/A - ÙËθÚ)
ÑË̇Ï˘ÂÒÍËÈ ‰Ë‡Ô‡ÁÓÌ (‡Û‰ËÓ)
ÅÓΠ˜ÂÏ 70 ‰Å
ɇÏÓÌ˘ÂÒÍË ËÒ͇ÊÂÌËfl (‡Û‰ËÓ)
0, 5 % (1 ÍɈ, ÔË 12 ÇÚ) (20 ÍɈ LPF/A-îËθÚ)
ÇıÓ‰˚ ÇˉÂÓ‚ıÓ‰ (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰)
óÛ‚ÒÚ‚ËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸: 800 ÏÇ
àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ: 50 ÍéÏ
ëÓ‰ËÌÂÌË (ÄÛ‰ËÓ‚ıÓ‰):
óÛ‚ÒÚ‚ËÚÂθÌÓÒÚ¸: 800 ÏÇ
àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ: 50 ÍéÏ
ÇˉÂÓ‚˚ıÓ‰ 1,0 Ç (‡ÏÔÎ.), 75 OÏ, ‡ÍÚË‚Ì˚È ÌÓθ, ‡Á˙ÂÏ RCA.
ÖÇêé AV (Ñãü íÖãÖÇàáéêÄ)
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ 87,5 - 108 åɈ
èÓÏÂÊÛÚӘ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ 10,7 åɈ
éÚÌÓ¯ÂÌË Ò˄̇Î-¯ÛÏ 60 ‰Å (åÓÌÓ)
ÑˇԇÁÓÌ ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ 522 - 1,611 ÍɈ
èÓÏÂÊÛÚӘ̇fl ˜‡ÒÚÓÚ‡ 450 ÍɈ
êÂÊËÏ ÒÚÂÂÓ 50 ÇÚ + 50 ÇÚ (8 at 1 kHz, THD 10 %)
èÓÒÚ‡ÌÒÚ‚ÂÌÌ˚È êÂÊËÏ îÓÌڇθÌ˚È: 50 ÇÚ + 50 ÇÚ
ñÂÌÚ‡Î¸Ì˚È *: 50 ÇÚ
í˚ÎÓ‚ÓÈ*: 50 ÇÚ + 50 ÇÚ (8 ÔË 1 ÍɈ, äèÑ 10%)
뇷‚ÛÙÂ *: 80 ÇÚ (4at 50 Hz, THD 10 %)
Ç˚ıÓ‰˚ çÄìòçàäà: (32 éÏ, 25 ÏÇÚ)
ë‡ÚÂÎÎËÚ̇fl ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ (Äë) (SS - TS9)
è‡ÒÒË‚Ì˚È Ò‡·‚ÛÙÂ (SS - WS9)
íËÔ 1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë 1 èÛÚ¸ 1 Äë
àÏÔ‰‡ÌÒ 8 4
ó‡ÒÚÓÚ̇fl ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚË͇ 180-20,000 Ɉ 45 - 180 Ɉ
çÓχÚ˂̇fl ‚ıӉ̇fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË·Ó‡
50 ÇÚ 80ÇÚ
å‡ÍÒËχθ̇fl ‚ıӉ̇fl ÏÓ˘ÌÓÒÚ¸ ÔË·Ó‡
100 ÇÚ 160ÇÚ
ê‡ÁÏÂ˚ (ò x Ç x Ñ) 98 x 102 x 106 ÏÏ 173 x 380 x 402 ÏÏ
ÇÂÒ ÌÂÚÚÓ 0.6 Í„ 6.8 Í„
ùÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ Äë . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 䇷ÂÎË ‡ÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒÍÓÈ ÒËÒÚÂÏ˚ . . . . . .6
뇷‚ÛÙÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
ùÎÂÏÂÌÚ˚ ÔËÚ‡ÌËfl, ‡ÁÏÂ ÄÄ (R6)
. . .2
èÛÎ¸Ú ‰ËÒڇ̈ËÓÌÌÓ„Ó ÛÔ‡‚ÎÂÌËfl RM -SS 220
. . .1 ê‡ÏӘ̇fl ‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ AM . . . . . . . . . . . .1
FM-‡ÌÚÂÌ̇ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 èӉͷ‰ÍË . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
ÄÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl ÒËÒÚÂχ - èÓ‰Íβ˜ÂÌËÂ Ë àÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl ÔÓ ˝ÍÒÔÎÛ‡Ú‡ˆËË . . . . . .1
ìÒÚ‡Ìӂ͇ (ÑÓÍÛÏÂÌÚ‡ˆËfl) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
íÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË
[鷢ˠı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË]
[îÓÏ‡Ú Á‡ÔËÒË][ÇˉÂÓ][ìÒËÎËÚÂθ]
[ÄÍÛÒÚ˘ÂÒ͇fl
ÒËÒÚÂχ]
[èË·„‡ÂÏ˚Â
ÔË̇‰ÎÂÊÌÓÒÚË]
äÓÌÒÚÛ͈Ëfl Ë ÚÂıÌ˘ÂÒÍË ı‡‡ÍÚÂËÒÚËÍË ÏÓ„ÛÚ ËÁÏÂÌflÚ¸Òfl ·ÂÁ ۂ‰ÓÏÎÂÌËfl
(*Ç Á‡‚ËÒËÏÓÒÚË ÓÚ ÛÒÚ‡ÌÓ‚ÓÍ Á‚ÛÍÓ‚Ó„Ó
ÂÊËχ Ë ËÒÚÓ˜ÌËÍÓ‚, ÏÓÊÂÚ ÌÂ
·˚Ú¸ ‚˚ıÓ‰Ì˚ı Á‚ÛÍÓ‚˚ı Ò˄̇ÎÓ‚).
[í˛ÌÂ]
[FM]
AM
[MW]
Sony Corporation Printed in China http://www.sony.net

Navigation menu